Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002

 

 

OR

 

 

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

 

For the transition period from __________ to __________

 

 

Commission file number:  001-13901

 

ABC BANCORP (A GEORGIA CORPORATION)

I.R.S. EMPLOYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 58-1456434

24 2nd AVENUE, S.E., MOULTRIE, GEORGIA 31768

TELEPHONE NUMBER:  (229) 890-1111

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

 

None

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act

 

Common Stock, Par Value $1 Per Share

Check whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to befiled by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes   x

No   o

Check if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 126-2).

Yes   x

No   o

As of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, registrant had outstanding 9,854,279 shares of common stock, $1 par value per share, which is registrant’s only class of common stock.   The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $136,041,000 million.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The information required by Part III of this Annual Report is incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report.



Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SUBSIDIARY BANKS

          ABC Bancorp (“ABC”) was organized as a bank holding company under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended in 1981 (the “BHCA”), and the bank holding company laws of Georgia.

          ABC provides, through its commercial bank subsidiaries described below (sometimes hereinafter referred to as “Banks”), banking services to individuals and businesses in Southern Georgia, Southeastern Alabama and Northern Florida.  ABC’s executive office is located at 24 2nd Avenue, S.E., Moultrie, Georgia 31768, its telephone number is (229) 890-1111 and its Internet address is http://www.abcbancorp.com.  As a registered bank holding company, ABC is subject to the applicable provisions of the Federal Bank Holding Company Act and the Georgia Bank Holding Company Act, as well as to supervision by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the State of Georgia Department of Banking and Finance.  ABC makes available, free of charge through its Internet website, copies of its annual reports and quarterly reports as soon as reasonably practicable after it electronically files such materials with the SEC.  ABC will make available free of charge paper copies of its current reports on Form 8-K upon request.

          Our primary business as a bank holding company is to manage the business and affairs of our Banks. The Banks provide a broad range of retail and commercial banking services to its customers, including checking, savings, NOW and money market accounts and time deposits of various types; loans for business, agriculture, real estate, personal uses, home improvement and automobiles, credit cards; debit cards; overdraft protection services; Internet banking; letters of credit; trust services through Reliance Trust Company; brokerage services through either PFIC Securities Corporation or Raymond James Financial Services, Inc.; fixed rate annuities through PFIC Corporation; IRAs; safe deposit box rentals; bank money orders; and electronic funds transfer services, including wire transfers and automated teller machines.  We maintain a diversified loan portfolio and make no foreign or energy-related loans.

          While we have decentralized certain of our management responsibilities, we maintain efficient centralized operating systems.  As a result, corporate policy, strategy and certain administrative policies are established by our board of directors, while lending and community-specific marketing decisions are made primarily by each bank to allow it to respond to differing needs and demands of its own market. Data processing functions are centralized in ABC’s data processing division located in Moultrie, Georgia.  Within this framework, the Banks focus on providing personalized services and quality products to their customers to meet the needs of the communities they serve.  Our objective is to establish ABC as a major financial institution in Southern Georgia, Southeastern Alabama and Northern Florida.  Management has pursued this objective through an acquisition-oriented growth strategy and a prudent operating strategy.

          As a bank holding company, we perform central data processing functions, purchasing and other common functions and provides certain management services for our Banks.  Traditional banking services are conducted by the Banks.

1


Table of Contents

Our Subsidiaries

          Following is a list of our Banks, the market areas served by the Banks and the estimated relative size of the Banks as compared with their major competitors.

Subsidiary Bank
 

Principal Market Area

 

Estimated Relative Size
Among Competitors


 

 


American Banking Company
 

Moultrie and Colquitt County, Georgia

 

Second largest of seven banks in Colquitt County, Georgia

Heritage Community Bank
 

Quitman and Brooks County, Georgia and Valdosta and Lowndes County, Georgia

 

Second largest of four banks in Brooks County, Georgia

Bank of Thomas County
 

Coolidge, Thomasville and Thomas County, Georgia

 

Fifth largest of seven banks in Thomas County, Georgia

Citizens Security Bank
 

Tifton and Tift County, Georgia, Ocilla and Irwin County, Georgia, Douglas and Coffee County, Georgia

 

Third largest of seven banks in Tift County, Georgia

Cairo Banking Company
 

Cairo and Grady County, Georgia, Meigs and Thomas County, Georgia

 

Second largest of six banks in Grady County, Georgia

Southland Bank
 

Dothan, Abbeville, Clayton, Eufaula and Headland, Alabama

 

Fifth largest of eleven banks in Houston County, Alabama

Central Bank & Trust Company
 

Cordele and Crisp County, Georgia

 

Third largest of five banks in Crisp County, Georgia

First National Bank of South Georgia
 

Albany and Dougherty County, Georgia and Lee County, Georgia

 

Fifth largest of nine banks in Dougherty County, Georgia

Merchants & Farmers Bank
 

Donalsonville and Seminole County, Georgia and Colquitt and Miller County, Georgia

 

Second largest of three banks in Seminole County, Georgia

Tri-County Bank
 

Trenton and Gilchrist County, Florida and Newberry and Alachua County, Florida

 

Largest of three banks in Gilchrist County, Florida

The First Bank of Brunswick
 

Brunswick, St. Simons Island, Jekyll Island and Glynn County, Georgia

 

Fourth largest of eight banks in Glynn County, Georgia

          All of the Banks offer traditional loan and deposit services discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  Only American Banking Company provides trust services directly to its customers and to the customers of the other subsidiary banks.  All of the Banks maintain correspondent relationships with other commercial banks and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta.  As compensation for services provided by the correspondent banks, the Banks maintain certain balances in noninterest-bearing accounts with those banks.  The principal correspondent bank for all of the Banks is SunTrust Bank in Atlanta, Georgia.

          On August 30, 2001, ABC formed ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust and a wholly-owned subsidiary of ABC (the “Trust”), for the purpose of (i) issuing and selling its common securities to ABC and its trust preferred securities to the public, and (ii) using the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase 9.00% Subordinated Debentures (the “Subordinated Debentures”) from ABC.  In the quarter ended December 31, 2001, the Trust sold its securities and used the proceeds to purchase the Subordinated Debentures, which are the sole asset of the Trust.  ABC pays interest on the Subordinated Debentures to the Trust at the end of each quarter at an annual rate of 9.00%, which is equal to the dividend rate payable by the Trust to the holders of its preferred securities.  The cost of the issuance of the Trust’s preferred securities is treated as a deferred asset and will be amortized over the life of the securities.  Following the offer and sale of the Trust’s securities, ABC owned and currently holds all of the outstanding common securities of the Trust, its only voting securities, and as a result the Trust is a subsidiary of the Company.  See the Notes to ABC’s Consolidated Financial Statements included in this annual report for a further discussion regarding the issuance of Trust’s preferred securities.

2


Table of Contents

Our Market Areas and Competition

          Our market area is located in Southern Georgia, Southeastern Alabama and Northern Florida. The Banks’ main offices and larger branches are located in the southern Georgia cities of Albany, Brunswick, Cairo, Colquitt, Cordele, Donalsonville, Douglas, Jekyll Island, Moultrie, Ocilla, Quitman, St. Simons Island, Thomasville, Tifton and Valdosta, the southern Alabama cities of Abbeville, Clayton, Dothan, Eufaula and Headland and the northern Florida cities of Trenton and Newberry.  The Banks have a total of 35 offices located in either the cities or counties in which the main offices are located or in nearby cities.

          We have subsidiary banks in several high-growth market areas that offer favorable growth and profitability potential, including banks in the cities of Valdosta, Tifton and Cordele, which are located along the I-75 corridor of Georgia, a major north-south transportation artery.  We also have banks in Albany, Georgia and Dothan, Alabama, both of which are developing commercial and industrial “hubs” where residents of the numerous smaller, surrounding cities find jobs, entertainment, consumer products and services and medical services.

          The banking industry in Georgia, Alabama and Florida is highly competitive. In recent years, intense market demands, economic pressures, fluctuating interest rates and increased customer awareness of product and service differences among financial institutions have forced banks to diversify their services and become more cost effective. Each of the Banks faces strong competition in attracting deposits and making loans. Their most direct competition for deposits comes from other commercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions and issuers of securities such as brokerage firms. Interest rates, convenience of office locations and marketing are all significant factors in the Banks’ competition for deposits.

          Competition for loans comes from other commercial banks, thrift institutions, savings banks, insurance companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions and other institutional lenders.  Our Banks compete for loan originations through the interest rates and loan fees they charge and the efficiency and quality of services they provide.  Competition is affected by the general availability of lendable funds, general and local economic conditions, current interest rate levels and other factors that are not readily predictable.

          Management expects that competition will become more intense in the future due to changes in state and federal laws and regulations and the entry of additional bank and nonbank competitors. See “Supervision and Regulation”.

Lending Policy

          We have sought to maintain a comprehensive lending policy that meets the credit needs of each of the communities served by the Banks, including low- and moderate-income customers, and to employ lending procedures and policies consistent with this approach.  All loans are subject to our written loan policy, which is reviewed annually, updated as needed, and provides that lending officers have sole authority to approve loans of various maximum amounts commensurate with their seniority and experience.  Each bank’s president has sole discretion to approve loans in varying principal amounts up to specified limits established for each president.  Each bank’s board of directors reviews and approves loans that exceed management’s lending authority and, in certain instances, other types of loans.  New credit extensions are reviewed daily by each bank’s senior management and at least monthly by its board of directors.

3


Table of Contents

          The lending officers at each bank have authority to make loans only in the county in which the Bank is located and its contiguous counties.  Occasionally, the loan committee of the Company will approve a loan for purposes outside of the market area of our Banks, provided the Bank has established a relationship with the borrower by making loans for purposes within the Banks’ market area.  Our lending policy requires analysis of the borrower’s projected cash flow and ability to service the debt.  For agricultural loans, the lending officer visits the borrower regularly during the growing season and re-evaluates the loan in light of the borrower’s updated cash flow projections.  Each subsidiary bank is assigned an approval limit by the holding company, which serves as the maximum limit of new extensions of credit each Bank can approve.  That approval limit is reviewed annually by the Holding Company and adjusted as needed.  All extensions of credit in excess of the Banks’ internal approval limits are reviewed by ABC’s Senior Credit Officer.  Further approval by a Holding Company loan committee may also be needed.  Under our ongoing loan review program, all loans are subject to sampling and objective review by an assigned loan reviewer who is independent of the originating loan officer.

          We actively market our services to qualified lending customers in both the commercial and consumer sectors.  Our commercial lending officers actively solicit the business of new companies entering the market as well as longstanding members of that market’s business community.  Through personalized professional service and competitive pricing, we have been successful in attracting new commercial lending customers.  At the same time, we actively advertise our consumer loan products and continually seek to make our lending officers more accessible.

          Each bank continually monitors its loan portfolio to identify areas of concern and to enable management to take corrective action when necessary.  Each bank’s lending officers and board of directors meet periodically to review all past due loans, the status of large loans and certain other matters. Individual lending officers are responsible for reviewing collection of past due amounts and monitoring any changes in the financial status of the borrowers.

Lending Activities

           General .  We provide a broad range of commercial and retail lending services to corporations, partnerships and individuals, including agricultural, commercial business loans, commercial and residential real estate construction and mortgage loans, loan participations, consumer loans, revolving lines of credit and letters of credit.  The loan department of each bank makes loans to consumers and originates and services residential mortgages.

           Real Estate Loans.   Our real estate loans are for a term of years, although rarely more than ten, over which period the principal thereof is amortized, and are generally secured by residential real estate, farmland or commercial real estate.  Real estate related loans represent a significant portion of the loan portfolio.

           Agricultural Loans.   Our agricultural loans are made to finance crop production expenses and to finance the purchase of farm-related equipment or farmland. Agricultural loans typically involve seasonal fluctuations in amounts.  Although we typically look to an agricultural borrower’s cash flow as the principal source of repayment, agricultural loans are also generally secured by a security interest in the crops or the farm-related equipment and, in some cases, an assignment of crop insurance or a mortgage on real estate.  In addition, a portion of our agricultural loans are guaranteed by the FmHA Guaranteed Loan Program.

           Commercial and Industrial Loans. General commercial and industrial loans consist of loans made primarily to manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers of goods, service companies and other industries. Management believes that a significant portion of these loans are, to varying degrees, agricultural-related.  The Banks have also generated loans which are guaranteed by the U. S. Small Business Administration. Management believes that making such loans helps the local community and also provides ABC with a source of income and solid future lending relationships as such businesses grow and prosper. The primary repayment risk for commercial loans is the failure of the business due to economic or financial factors.  Although we typically look to a commercial borrower’s cash flow as the principal source of repayment for such loans, some commercial loans are secured by inventory, equipment, accounts receivable and other assets.

           Consumer Lending.  Our consumer loans include motor vehicle, home improvement, home equity, student and signature loans and small personal credit lines.  Many of our Banks also offer credit cards to their customers via a marketing agreement with MBNA.

           Compliance with Community Reinvestment Act.   Each of our Banks has a Community Reinvestment Act Officer who develops and oversees that Bank’s Community Reinvestment Act program and makes quarterly reports to that Bank’s board of directors. The Banks regularly sponsor or participate in community programs designed to ascertain and meet the credit needs of each of the communities they serve, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. Some of these activities include participating in community meetings to explain the availability of Small Business Administration, Farmers’ Home Loan Administration and Regional Development Center loans, and sponsoring educational seminars for area farmers. In addition, each of our Georgia Banks participate in the Georgia Residential Finance Authority program which makes low interest rate loans to rehabilitate low income rental housing.

4


Table of Contents

Trust Services

          We provide personal trust and employee benefit services to our customers through a contractual arrangement with Reliance Trust Company.

Deposits

          Checking, savings, NOW and money market accounts and other time accounts are the primary sources of the Banks’ funds for loans and investments.  Our Banks obtain most of their deposits from individuals and from businesses in their respective market areas.

          Our Banks have not had to attract new or retain old deposits by paying depositors rates of interest on certificates of deposit, money market and other interest-bearing accounts significantly above rates paid by other banks in our respective market areas. In the future, increasing competition among banks in our market areas may cause our Banks’ interest margins to shrink.  The Banks have never accepted deposits for which a broker’s commission was paid.

Investment Activities

          Our investment policy is designed to maximize income from funds not needed to meet loan demand in a manner consistent with appropriate liquidity and risk objectives. Under this policy, our Banks may invest in federal, state and municipal obligations, corporate obligations, public housing authority bonds, industrial development revenue bonds and Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”) securities and satisfactorily rated trust preferred obligations.  Our Banks’ investments must satisfy certain investment quality criteria.  Our Bank’s investments must be rated at least “BAA” by either Moody’s or Standard and Poor’s.  Securities rated below “A” are periodically reviewed for creditworthiness.  Our Banks may purchase non-rated municipal bonds only if the issuer of such bonds is located in a Bank’s general market area and such bonds are determined by the purchasing Bank to have a credit risk no greater than the minimum ratings referred to above. Industrial development authority bonds, which normally are not rated, are purchased only if the issuer is located in the purchasing Bank’s market area and if the bonds are considered to possess a high degree of credit soundness.  Our Banks typically have not purchased a significant amount of GNMA securities, which normally have higher yields than our Banks’ other investments.

          While our investment policy permits the Banks to trade securities to improve the quality of yields or marketability or to realign the composition of the portfolio, the Banks historically have not done so to any significant extent.

          Our investment committee implements the investment policy and portfolio strategies, monitors the portfolio and reports to each Bank’s board and ALCO committees.  Reports on all purchases, sales, net profits or losses and market appreciation or depreciation of the bond portfolio are reviewed by our boards of directors each month. Once a year, the written investment policy is reviewed by our board of directors.

                    The Banks’ securities are kept in safekeeping accounts at correspondent banks.

Asset/Liability Management

          Our objective is to manage our assets and liabilities to provide a satisfactory, consistent level of profitability within the framework of established cash, loan, investment, borrowing and capital policies.  The overall philosophy of our management is to support asset growth primarily through growth of core deposits, which include deposits of all categories made by individuals, partnerships, corporations and other entities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

5


Table of Contents

Properties

          The table below sets forth the location, size and other information with respect to ABC’s real properties.  Except for the leased Jekyll Island property and two locations in Dothan, Alabama, all properties are owned by ABC or the Banks and are unencumbered. 

Offices
 

Used By

 

Approximate
Square
Footage


 

 


310 First Street, S.E., Moultrie, GA
 

ABC

 

7,000

317 South Main Street, Moultrie, GA
 

ABC

 

2,200

308-314 First Street, S.E., Moultrie, GA
 

ABC

 

4,000

24 Second Avenue, S. E., Moultrie, GA
 

ABC

 

15,500

731 West Second Street, Tifton, GA
 

ABC

 

5,580

305 South Main Street, Moultrie, GA
 

ABC and American Bank

 

7,048

225 South Main Street, Moultrie, GA
 

American Bank

 

9,000

1707 First Avenue, S.E., Moultrie, GA
 

American Bank

 

5,500

137 Broad Street, Doerun, GA
 

American Bank

 

3,860

2513 South Main Street, Moultrie, GA
 

American Bank

 

3,973

322 First Street, S.E., Moultrie, GA
 

American Bank

 

300

1000 West Screven Street, Quitman, GA
 

Heritage Bank

 

11,530

Highway 133 West, Valdosta, GA
 

Heritage Bank

 

1,100

3140 Inner Perimeter Road, Valdosta, GA
 

Heritage Bank

 

3,462

2484 East Pinetree Boulevard, Thomasville, GA
 

Thomas Bank

 

4,800

529 Pine Street, Coolidge, GA
 

Thomas Bank

 

4,000

111 East Eighth Street, Tifton, GA
 

Citizens Security Bank

 

11,700

735 West Second Street, Tifton, GA
 

Citizens Security Bank

 

11,000

301 South Irwin Avenue, Ocilla, GA
 

Citizens Security Bank

 

10,000

100 South Pearle Avenue, Douglas, GA
 

Citizens Security Bank

 

3,100

201 South Broad Street, Cairo, GA
 

Cairo Bank

 

10,000

Highway 84 Drive-in, Cairo, GA
 

Cairo Bank

 

1,000

12 East Depot Street, Meigs, GA
 

Cairo Bank

 

2,700

3299 Ross Clark Circle, Dothan, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

21,918

1817 South Oates Street, Dothan, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

2,500

1970 Reeves Street, Dothan, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

2,500

204 Kirkland Street, Abbeville, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

5,300

211 Eufaula Street, Clayton, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

4,500

1140 South Eufaula Avenue, Eufaula, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

2,650

208 Main Street, Headland, AL
 

Southland Bank

 

2,037

502 Second Street South, Cordele, GA
 

Central Bank

 

5,800

1302 Sixteenth Avenue East, Cordele, GA
 

Central Bank

 

300

509 16th Avenue, Cordele, GA
 

Central Bank

 

1,300

2627 Dawson Road, Albany, GA
 

First National Bank

 

8,750

1607 U. S. Highway 19 South, Leesburg, GA
 

First National Bank

 

7,000

109 West Third Street, Donalsonville, GA
 

M & F Bank

 

8,800

Highway 374 and 253, Donalsonville, GA
 

M & F Bank

 

840

162 East Crawford Street, Colquitt, GA
 

M & F Bank

 

4,672

302 North Main Street, Trenton, FL
 

Tri-County Bank

 

2,700

25365 West Newberry Road, Newberry, FL
 

Tri-County Bank

 

3,933

3340 Cypress Mill Road, Brunswick, GA
 

First Bank of Brunswick

 

8,500

5340 New Jesup Highway, Brunswick, GA
 

First Bank of Brunswick

 

4,100

3811 Frederick Road, St. Simons Island, GA
 

First Bank of Brunswick

 

7,500

18-B Beachview Drive, Jekyll Island, GA
 

First Bank of Brunswick

 

2,305

6


Table of Contents

Employees

          At December 31, 2002, ABC and our Banks employed approximately 500 employees.  We consider our relationship with our employees to be satisfactory.

          We have adopted one retirement plan for our employees, the ABC Bancorp 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan.  This plan provides deferral of compensation by our employees and contributions by ABC.  ABC and our Banks made contributions for all eligible employees in 2002.  We also maintain a comprehensive employee benefits program providing, among other benefits, hospitalization and major medical insurance and life insurance.  Management considers these benefits to be competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our market areas.  Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group.

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

          As a bank holding company, we are subject to the regulation, supervision and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve Board, the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, the Alabama State Banking Department and the Florida Department of Banking and Finance.  Our Banks are Georgia, Alabama, Florida and federally chartered banks.  The FDIC to the full extent permitted by law insures each of our Banks.  As a result, our Banks are subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, the Alabama State Banking Department, the Florida Department of Banking and Finance, the FDIC and the OCC.

          The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before:

 

it may acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of the bank;

 

 

 

 

it or any of its subsidiaries, other than a bank, may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or

 

 

 

 

it may merge or consolidate with any other bank holding company.

          The Bank Holding Company Act further provides that the Federal Reserve may not approve any transaction that would result in a monopoly or that would substantially lessen competition in the banking business, unless the public interest in meeting the needs of the communities to be served outweighs the anti-competitive effects.  The Federal Reserve is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks involved and the convenience and needs of the communities to be served.  Consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, and consideration of convenience and needs issues focuses, in part, on the performance under The Community Reinvestment Act of 1997, both of which are discussed in more detail.

          The Bank Holding Company Act generally prohibits a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than:

 

banking;

 

 

 

 

managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries; and

 

 

 

 

acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities other than activities closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks.

7


Table of Contents

General (Continued)

          The activities in which holding companies and their affiliates are permitted to engage were substantially expanded by The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which was signed on November 12, 1999.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act repeals the anti-affiliation provisions of The Glass-Steagall Act to permit the common ownership of commercial banks, investment banks and insurance companies.  The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also amends The Bank Holding Company Act to permit a financial holding company to, among other things, engage in any activity that the Federal Reserve determines to be (i) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and not a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally.  The Federal Reserve must consult with the Secretary of the Treasury in determining whether an activity is financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity.  Holding companies may continue to own companies conducting activities which had been approved by federal order or regulation on the day before The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act was enacted.  Effective August 24, 2000, pursuant to a previously-filed election with the Federal Reserve, ABC became a financial holding company.

          In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve considers whether performing the activity can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh possible adverse effects, such as undue concentration of resources, decreased or unfair competition, conflicts of interest or unsound banking practices.  The Federal Reserve has the power to order a bank holding company or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or control of any subsidiary when the continuation of the activity or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company.

          Our Banks are also subject to numerous state and federal statues and regulations that affect their business, activities and operations, and each is supervised and examined by one or more state or federal bank regulatory agencies.  The FDIC, the OCC, the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, the Alabama State Banking Department and the Florida Department of Banking and Finance regularly examine the operations of our Banks and are given the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, consolidations, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions.  The FDIC, the OCC, the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance, the Alabama State Banking Department and the Florida Department of Banking and Finance also have the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law.

Payment of Dividends and Other Restrictions

          ABC is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiaries. There are various legal and regulatory limitations under federal and state law on the extent to which our subsidiaries can pay dividends or otherwise supply funds to ABC. 

          The principal source of ABC’s cash revenues is dividends from its subsidiaries, and there are certain limitations under federal and state laws on the payment of dividends by our subsidiaries.  The prior approval of applicable regulatory authorities, as the case may be, is required if the total dividends declared by any subsidiary Bank in any calendar year exceeds the Bank’s net profits (as defined) for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfers to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock or 50% of the Bank’s net profits for the previous year in the case of Georgia banks.  The relevant federal and state regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit a state member bank or bank holding company, which would include ABC and its Banks, from engaging in what, in the opinion of such regulatory body, constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the subsidiary, be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

          Under Georgia law (which would apply to any payment of dividends by the Georgia Banks to ABC), the prior approval of the Georgia Department of Banking and Finance is required before any cash dividends may be paid by a state bank if: (i) total classified assets at the most recent examination of such bank exceed 80% of the equity capital (as defined, which includes the reserve for loan losses) of such bank; (ii) the aggregate amount of dividends declared or anticipated to be declared in the calendar year exceeds 50% of the net profits (as defined) for the previous calendar year; or (iii) the ratio of equity capital to adjusted total assets is less than 6%.

          Retained earnings of our Banks available for payment of cash dividends under all applicable regulations without obtaining governmental approval were approximately $10.4 million as of December 31, 2002.

8


Table of Contents

Payment of Dividends and Other Restrictions (Continued)

          In addition, our Banks are subject to limitations under Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act with respect to extensions of credit to, investments in, and certain other transactions with, ABC. Furthermore, loans and extensions of credit are also subject to various collateral requirements.

          The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the Federal Reserve’s view that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earning retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  The Federal Reserve also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a holding company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends.  Furthermore, under the prompt corrective action regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve, the Federal Reserve may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if one or more of the holding company’s bank subsidiaries are classified as undercapitalized.

          Bank holding companies are required to give the Federal Reserve prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, is equal to 10% or more of their consolidated net worth.  The Federal Reserve may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve order, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve.  This notification requirement does not apply to any company that meets the well-capitalized standard for commercial banks, has a safety and soundness examination rating of at least a “2” and is not subject to any unresolved supervisory issues.  As of December 31, 2002, ABC meets these requirements.

Capital Adequacy

          ABC must comply with the Federal Reserve’s established capital adequacy standards, and our Banks are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the FDIC and the OCC.  The Federal Reserve has promulgated two basic measures of capital adequacy for bank holding companies: a risk-based measure and a leverage measure.  A bank holding company must satisfy all applicable capital standards to be considered in compliance.

          The risk-based capital standards are designed to:

 

make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profile among banks and bank holding companies;

 

 

 

 

account for off-balance-sheet exposure; and

 

 

 

 

minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets.

          Assets and off-balance-sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate weights.  The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items.

          The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%.  At least half of total capital must be comprised of Tier 1 Capital, which is common stock, undivided profits, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries and noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets.  The remainder may consist of Tier 2 Capital, which is subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a limited amount of loan loss reserves.  During 2001, we increased our consolidated ratios by issuing trust preferred securities in the amount of $34,500,00. At December 31, 2002, $27,434,000 (25% of total Tier 1 Capital) was included in Tier 1 Capital and the balance included in Tier 2 Capital.  At December 31, 2002, ABC’s total risk-based capital ratio and its Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio were 14.87% and 12.79%, respectively.

9


Table of Contents

Capital Adequacy (Continued)

          In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies.  These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 Capital to average assets, less goodwill and certain other intangible assets, of 3% for bank holding companies that meet specified criteria.  All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 4%. ABC’s ratio at December 31, 2002 was 9.49%.  The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without significant reliance on intangible assets.  Furthermore, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it will consider a “tangible Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio” and other indicia of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.  The Federal Reserve has not advised ABC of any specific minimum leverage ratio or tangible Tier 1 Capital leverage ratio applicable to it.

          Our Banks are subject to risk-based and leverage capital requirements adopted by the FDIC and the OCC that are substantially similar to those adopted by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies.  All of our Banks were in compliance with applicable minimum capital requirements as of December 31, 2002.

          Neither ABC nor any of our Banks has been advised by any federal banking agency of any specific minimum capital ratio requirement applicable to it.

          In January 2001, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued a second consultative paper entitled “Proposal for a New Basel Capital Accord”.  This proposal, which will apply to all banks and holding companies that are parents of banking groups, is expected to be finalized by the end of 2003.  Implementation of this new framework, to the extent it is adopted and promulgated by the Federal Reserve, is expected to begin at the end of 2006.  The Company is monitoring the status and progress of this proposal. 

          Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on taking brokered deposits, and certain other restrictions on its business.  As described below, the FDIC can impose substantial additional restrictions upon FDIC-insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements. 

Prompt Corrective Action

          The Federal Deposit Insurance Act (or “FDI Act”), among other things, requires the federal regulatory agencies to take “prompt corrective action” if a depository institution does not meet minimum capital requirements.  The FDI Act establishes five capital tiers: “well capitalized”, “adequately capitalized”, “undercapitalized”, “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized”.  A depository institution’s capital tier will depend upon how its capital levels compare to various relevant capital measures and certain other factors, as established by regulation.

          The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted regulations establishing relevant capital measurers and relevant capital levels applicable to FDIC-insured banks.  The relevant capital measures are the Total Capital ratio, Tier 1 Capital ratio and the leverage ratio.  Under the regulations, a FDIC-insured bank will be:

 

“well capitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of 10% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 6% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater and is not subject to any order or written directive by the appropriate regulatory authority to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure;

 

 

 

 

“adequately capitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of 8% or greater, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of 4% or greater and a leverage ratio of 4% or greater (3% in certain circumstances) and is not “well capitalized”;

 

 

 

 

“undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 8%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 4% or a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in certain circumstances);

 

 

 

 

“significantly undercapitalized” if it has a Total Capital ratio of less than 6%, a Tier 1 Capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio of less than 3%; and

 

 

 

 

“critically undercapitalized” if its tangible equity is equal to or less than 2% of average quarterly tangible assets.

          An institution may be downgraded to, or deemed to be in, a capital category that is lower than is indicated by its capital ratios if it is determined to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating with respect to certain matters.  As of December 31, 2002, all of ABC’s Banks had capital levels that qualify as “well capitalized” under such regulations.

10


Table of Contents

Prompt Corrective Action (Continued)

          The FDI Act generally prohibits an FDIC-insured bank from making a capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its holding company if the bank would thereafter be “undercapitalized”.  “Undercapitalized” banks are subject to growth limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan.  The federal regulators may not accept a capital plan without determining, among other things, that the plan is based on realistic assumptions and is likely to succeed in restoring the bank’s capital.  In addition, for a capital restoration plan to be acceptable, the bank’s parent holding company must guarantee that the institution will comply with such capital restoration plan.  The aggregate liability of the parent holding company is limited to the lesser of: (i) an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time it became “undercapitalized”; and (ii) the amount which is necessary (or would have been necessary) to bring the institution into compliance with all capital standards applicable with respect to such institution as of the time it fails to comply with the plan.  If a bank fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized”.

          “Significantly undercapitalized” insured banks may be subject to a number of requirements and restrictions, including orders to sell sufficient voting stock to become “adequately capitalized”, requirements to reduce total assets and the cessation of receipt of deposits from correspondent banks.  “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator.  A bank that is not “well capitalized” is also subject to certain limitations relating to so-called “brokered” deposits.

Community Reinvestment Act

          The Community Reinvestment Act requires federal bank regulatory agencies to encourage financial institutions to meet the credit needs of low- and moderate-income borrowers in their local communities.  An institution’s size and business strategy determines the type of examination that it will receive.  Large, retail-oriented institutions are examined using a performance-based lending, investment and service test.  Small institutions are examined using a streamlined approach.  All institutions may opt to be evaluated under a strategic plan formulated with community input and pre-approved by the bank regulatory agency.

          The Community Reinvestment Act regulations provide for certain disclosure obligations.  Each institution must post a notice advising the public of its right to comment to the institution and its regulator on the institution’s Community Reinvestment Act performance and to review the institution’s Community Reinvestment Act public file.  Each lending institution must maintain for public inspection a file that includes a listing of branch locations and services, a summary of lending activity, a map of its communities and any written comments from the public on its performance in meeting community credit needs.  The Community Reinvestment Act requires public disclosure of a financial institution’s written Community Reinvestment Act evaluations.  This promotes enforcement of Community Reinvestment Act requirements by providing the public with the status of a particular institution’s community reinvestment record.

          The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act made various changes to The Community Reinvestment Act.  Among other changes, Community Reinvestment Act agreements with private parties must be disclosed and annual Community Reinvestment Act reports must be made to a bank’s primary federal regulator.  A bank holding company will not be permitted to become a financial holding company and no new activities authorized under The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act may be commenced by a holding company or by a bank financial subsidiary if any of its bank subsidiaries received less than a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its latest Community Reinvestment Act examination.

Privacy

          Financial institutions are required to disclose their policies for collecting and protecting confidential information.  Customers generally may prevent financial institutions from sharing personal financial information with nonaffiliated third parties except for third parties which market the institutions’ own products and services.  Additionally, financial institutions generally may not disclose consumer account numbers to any nonaffiliated third party for use in telemarketing, direct mail marketing or other marketing through electronic mail to consumers.

          The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act also includes provisions to protect consumer privacy by prohibiting banks from disclosing non-public, personal, financial information to unaffiliated parties without the consent of the customer, and by requiring annual disclosure of the Banks’ privacy policies.  Each Bank’s primary regulator is responsible for promulgating rules to implement these provisions.

11


Table of Contents

Legislative and Regulatory Changes

          The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act allows bank holding companies that are “well managed” and “well capitalized” and whose depositor subsidiaries have “satisfactory” or better Community Reinvestment Act ratings to become financial holding companies that may engage in a substantially broader range of nonbanking activities than are currently permissible, including insurance underwriting and securities activities.  Effective August 24, 2000, ABC became a financial holding company.

Fiscal and Monetary Policy

          Banking is a business which depends on interest rate differentials.  In general, the difference between the interest paid by a bank on its deposits and its other borrowings, an the interest received by an bank on its loans and securities holdings, constitutes the major portion of a bank’s earnings.  Thus, the earnings and growth of ABC will be subject to the influence of economic conditions generally, both domestic and foreign, and also to the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States and its agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve.  The Federal Reserve regulates the supply of money through various means, including open market dealings in United States government securities, the discount rate at which banks may borrow from the Federal Reserve and the reserve requirements on deposits.  The nature and timing of any changes in such policies and their effect on ABC cannot be predicted.

          Current and future legislation and the policies established by federal and state regulatory authorities will affect ABC’s future operations.  Banking legislation and regulations may limit our growth and the return to our investors by restricting certain of our activities.

          In addition, capital requirements could be changed and have the effect of restricting our activities or requiring additional capital to be maintained.  We cannot predict what changes, if any, will be made to existing federal and state legislation and regulations or the effect that such changes may have on ABC’s business.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

          All of our Banks have correspondent relationships with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB Atlanta”), which is one of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks (or “FHLBs”) that administer the home financing credit function of savings companies.  Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region.  FHLBs are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System and make loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB which are subject to the oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board.  All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB.  In addition, all long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing.

          FHLB Atlanta provides certain services to certain of our Banks such as processing checks and other items, buying and selling Federal funds, handling money transfers and exchanges, shipping coin and currency, providing security and safekeeping of funds or other valuable items, and furnishing limited management information and advice.  As compensation for these services, the Banks maintain certain balances with FHLB Atlanta in noninterest-bearing accounts.

          Under federal law, the FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled savings companies and to contribute to low- and moderately-priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income housing projects.

          Title 6 of the GLB Act, entitled the Federal Home Loan Bank System Modernization Act of 1999 (called the “FHLB Modernization Act”), has amended the Federal Home Loan Bank Act by allowing for voluntary membership and modernizing the capital structure and governance of the FHLBs.  The new capital structure established under the FHLB Modernization Act sets forth new leverage and risk-based capital requirements based on permanence of capital.  It also requires some minimum investment in the stock of the FHLBs of all member entities.  Capital will include retained earnings and two forms of stock: Class A stock redeemable within six months, written notice and Class B stock redeemable within five years written notice.  The FHLB Modernization Act provides a transition period to the new capital regime, which will not be effective until the FHLBs enact implementing regulations.  The FHLB Modernization Act also reduces the period of time in which a member exiting the FHLB system must stay out of the system.

12


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.                   PROPERTIES

                                 The principal properties of ABC consist of the properties of the Banks. For a description of the properties of the Banks, see “Item 1 - Business of ABC and the Banks - Properties” included elsewhere in this Annual Report.  

ITEM 3.                   LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

                                 Neither ABC nor any of the Banks is a party to, nor is any of their property the subject of, any material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine proceedings incidental to the business of the Banks, nor to the knowledge of the management of ABC are any such proceedings contemplated or threatened against it or the Banks.

ITEM 4.                   SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SHAREHOLDERS

                                 No matters were submitted to a vote of ABC’s shareholders during the fourth quarter of 2002.

ITEM 4.5                 EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

                                 The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the executive officers of ABC.

Name, Age and
Term as Officer

 

Position with the
Registrant

 

Principal Occupation for the Last Five Years
and Other Directorships


 

 


Kenneth J. Hunnicutt; 66;
Officer since 1981
 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

 

Chairman of the Board of ABC since May 2001, Chief Executive Officer since 1994 and President from 1981 to May 2001 and since August 2002. Mr. Hunnicutt served as Senior President of American Banking Company from 1989 to 1991 and as President of American Banking Company from 1975 to 1989.  From 1985 to May 2002, he served as a director on each of the subsidiary bank boards.

W. Edwin Lane, Jr.; 48
Officer since January 1995
 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ABC since January 1, 1995. Mr. Lane served as Controller of First Liberty Bank, Macon, Georgia from August 1992 to December 1994. Mr. Lane was associated with Mauldin & Jenkins, Certified Public Accountants, from 1985 to 1992, where he served as an audit manager from 1989 to 1992.

Jon S. Edwards; 41
Officer since March 1999
 

Executive Vice President and Regional Bank Executive for Southern Division, Director of Credit Administration

 

Executive Vice President and Regional Bank Executive for Southern Division since September 2002.  Director of Credit Administration since March 1999.  Senior Vice President of ABC from March 1999 to August 2002.  Since September 2002, Mr. Edwards has served on the Board of each of the subsidiary banks in the Southern Division.  Mr. Edwards served as the Manager of Loan Review of the GA/TN region of Nations Bank from March 1993 to March 1999.

Edwin W. Hortman, Jr.; 49 Officer since April 1998
 

Executive Vice President and Regional Bank Executive for Northern Division, President and Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Security Bank

 

Executive Vice President and Regional Bank Executive for Northern Division since September 2002.  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director of Citizens Security Bank since April 1998.  Mr. Hortman has served on Board of each of the subsidiary banks in the Northern Division since September 2002.  Mr. Hortman served as SVP of Colony Bankcorp and President of Colony Management Services from September 1992 to April 1998.

Cindi Lewis; 49
Officer since 1985
 

Executive Vice President and Director of Human Resources and Corporate Secretary

 

Executive Vice President since May 2002 and Director of Human Resources and Corporate Secretary since May 2000.  Senior Vice President of ABC from May 2000 to May 2002 and Vice President and Assistant Corporate Secretary from April 1992 to May 2000.

                                 Officers serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

13


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED SECURITY HOLDER MATTERS

 

 

(a)

The Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National Market System (or “Nasdaq-NMS”) under the symbol “ABCB”.  The following table sets forth:  (a) the high and low bid prices for the common stock as quoted on Nasdaq-NMS during 2002 and 2001; and (b) the amount of quarterly dividends declared on the common stock during the periods indicated.


Calendar Period

 

Bid Prices

 

Cash
Dividends
Declared

 


 

 

 

2002

 

High

 

Low

 

 


 


 



 



 

First quarter
 

$

14.70

 

$

12.92

 

$

.12

 

Second quarter
 

 

16.50

 

 

13.10

 

 

.12

 

Third quarter
 

 

15.24

 

 

11.05

 

 

.12

 

Fourth quarter
 

 

14.14

 

 

12.50

 

 

.12

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calendar Period

 

Bid Prices

 

Cash
Dividends
Declared

 


 

 

 

2001

 

High

 

Low

 

 


 


 



 



 

First quarter
 

$

12.00

 

$

9.13

 

$

.12

 

Second quarter
 

 

12.62

 

 

11.00

 

 

.12

 

Third quarter
 

 

13.50

 

 

11.06

 

 

.12

 

Fourth quarter
 

 

13.95

 

 

12.15

 

 

.12

 


(b)

As of March 1, 2003, there were approximately 2,040 holders of record of the Common Stock, excluding individuals in security position listings.

 

 

(c)

ABC paid annual dividends on its common stock of $.48 per share for fiscal years 2002 and 2001.

14


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

          The following table presents selected consolidated financial information for ABC. The data set forth below are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of ABC. The selected financial data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere herein.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Selected Balance Sheet Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets

 

$

1,192,477

 

$

1,176,886

 

$

826,197

 

$

789,460

 

$

724,946

 

 
Total loans

 

 

833,447

 

 

805,076

 

 

587,381

 

 

530,225

 

 

477,194

 

 
Total deposits

 

 

916,185

 

 

931,156

 

 

679,885

 

 

640,658

 

 

633,325

 

 
Investment securities

 

 

184,081

 

 

156,835

 

 

162,105

 

 

146,990

 

 

158,869

 

 
Shareholders’ equity

 

 

107,484

 

 

104,148

 

 

80,656

 

 

76,016

 

 

71,834

 

Selected Income Statement Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest income

 

$

74,453

 

$

76,090

 

$

68,976

 

$

59,991

 

$

60,217

 

 
Interest expense

 

 

28,144

 

 

34,904

 

 

30,805

 

 

24,400

 

 

26,444

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 
Net interest income

 

 

46,309

 

 

41,186

 

 

38,171

 

 

35,591

 

 

33,773

 

 
Provision for loan losses

 

 

5,574

 

 

4,566

 

 

1,712

 

 

2,154

 

 

5,505

 

Other income
 

 

15,610

 

 

11,725

 

 

8,215

 

 

7,752

 

 

9,376

 

Other expenses
 

 

40,913

 

 

34,020

 

 

30,233

 

 

27,942

 

 

27,996

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 
Income before tax

 

 

15,432

 

 

14,325

 

 

14,441

 

 

13,247

 

 

9,648

 

 
Income tax expense

 

 

5,077

 

 

4,692

 

 

4,343

 

 

4,291

 

 

2,735

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 
Net income

 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

$

8,956

 

$

6,913

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Per Share Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income - basic

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.19

 

$

1.03

 

$

0.79

 

 
Net income - diluted

 

 

1.05

 

 

1.04

 

 

1.19

 

 

1.03

 

 

0.79

 

 
Book value

 

 

11.00

 

 

10.42

 

 

9.66

 

 

8.71

 

 

8.29

 

 
Tangible book value

 

 

8.59

 

 

7.88

 

 

8.84

 

 

7.84

 

 

7.32

 

 
Dividends

 

 

0.48

 

 

0.48

 

 

0.46

 

 

0.35

 

 

0.33

 

Profitability Ratios:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income to average total assets

 

 

0.90

%

 

1.00

%

 

1.27

%

 

1.23

%

 

0.99

%

 
Net income to average stockholders’ equity

 

 

9.81

 

 

10.30

 

 

13.19

 

 

11.93

 

 

10.07

 

 
Net interest margin

 

 

4.38

 

 

4.63

 

 

5.14

 

 

5.31

 

 

5.26

 

 
Efficiency ratio

 

 

66.08

 

 

64.30

 

 

65.18

 

 

64.47

 

 

64.88

 

15


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Loan Quality Ratios:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net charge-offs to total loans

 

 

0.68

%

 

0.54

%

 

0.30

%

 

0.46

%

 

0.62

%

 
Reserve for loan losses to total loans and OREO

 

 

1.78

 

 

1.85

 

 

1.67

 

 

1.86

 

 

2.13

 

 
Nonperforming assets to total loans and OREO

 

 

1.11

 

 

1.67

 

 

0.95

 

 

1.15

 

 

1.99

 

 
Reserve for loan losses to nonperforming loans

 

 

196.64

 

 

124.97

 

 

202.18

 

 

178.26

 

 

116.25

 

 
Reserve for loan losses to total nonperforming assets

 

 

160.74

 

 

111.00

 

 

175.38

 

 

162.59

 

 

107.25

 

Liquidity Ratios:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loans to total deposits

 

 

90.97

%

 

86.46

%

 

86.39

%

 

82.76

%

 

75.35

%

 
Loans to average earnings assets

 

 

78.76

 

 

90.56

 

 

79.05

 

 

79.17

 

 

74.35

 

 
Noninterest-bearing deposits to total deposits

 

 

14.38

 

 

13.48

 

 

13.96

 

 

16.12

 

 

15.78

 

Capital Adequacy Ratios:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common stockholders’ equity to total assets

 

 

9.01

%

 

8.85

%

 

9.76

%

 

9.63

%

 

9.91

%

 
Average total stockholders’ equity to average total assets

 

 

9.18

 

 

9.74

 

 

9.59

 

 

10.29

 

 

9.81

 

 
Dividend payout ratio

 

 

45.71

 

 

45.71

 

 

38.66

 

 

33.98

 

 

41.77

 

16


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA:

 

 

Quarters Ended December 31, 2002

 

 
 

 

 

 

4

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Selected Income Statement Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest income

 

$

17,618

 

$

18,866

 

$

18,934

 

$

19,035

 

 
Net interest income

 

 

10,843

 

 

12,017

 

 

12,041

 

 

11,408

 

 
Net income

 

 

2,730

 

 

2,570

 

 

2,883

 

 

2,172

 

Per Share Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income - basic

 

 

.28

 

 

.26

 

 

.29

 

 

.22

 

 
Net income - diluted

 

 

.28

 

 

.26

 

 

.29

 

 

.22

 

 
Dividends

 

 

.12

 

 

.12

 

 

.12

 

 

.12

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quarters Ended December 31, 2001

 

 
 

 

 

 

4

 

3

 

2

 

1

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Selected Income Statement Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest income

 

$

19,784

 

$

20,310

 

$

18,200

 

$

17,796

 

 
Net interest income

 

 

10,719

 

 

11,040

 

 

9,876

 

 

9,551

 

 
Net income

 

 

2,538

 

 

2,607

 

 

2,190

 

 

2,298

 

Per Share Data:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income - basic

 

 

.26

 

 

.27

 

 

.25

 

 

.27

 

 
Net income - diluted

 

 

.25

 

 

.27

 

 

.25

 

 

.27

 

 
Dividends

 

 

.12

 

 

.12

 

 

.12

 

 

.12

 

17


Table of Contents

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

          ABC’s 2002 Annual Report contains forward-looking statements in addition to historical information.  ABC cautions that there are various important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995; accordingly, there can be no assurance that such indicated results will be realized.

          The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements.  In order to comply with the terms of the safe harbor, ABC is required to note the variety of factors that could cause ABC’s actual results and experience to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in ABC’s forward-looking statements.  These factors include legislative and regulatory initiatives regarding deregulation and restructuring of the banking industry; the extent and timing of the entry of additional competition in ABC’s markets; potential business strategies, including acquisitions or dispositions of assets or internal restructuring, that may be pursued by ABC, state and federal banking regulations; changes in or application of environmental and other laws and regulations to which ABC is subject; political, legal and economic conditions and developments; financial market conditions and the results of financing efforts; changes in commodity prices and interest rates; weather, natural disasters and other catastrophic events; and other factors discussed in ABC’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K.  The words “believe”, “expect”, “anticipate”, “project”, and similar expressions signify such forward-looking statements.

          Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of ABC.  Any such statement speaks only as of the date the statement was made.  ABC undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements.  Additional information with respect to factors that may cause results to differ materially from those contemplated by such forward-looking statements is included in the ABC’s  current and subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

General

          Our principal asset is the ownership of our Banks.  Accordingly, our results of operations are primarily dependent upon the results of operations of our Banks.  Our Banks conduct a commercial banking business which consists of attracting deposits from the general public and applying those funds to the origination of commercial, consumer and real estate loans (including commercial loans collateralized by real estate).  The Banks’ profitablity depends primarily on net interest income, which is the difference between interest income generated from interest-earning assets (i.e., loans and investments) less the interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities (i.e., customer deposits and borrowed funds).  Net interest income is affected by the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the interest rate paid and earned on these balances.  Net interest income is dependent upon the Banks’ interest rate spread, which is the difference between the average yield earned on its interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on its interest-bearing liabilities.  When interest-earning assets approximates or exceeds interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate interest income.   The interest rate spread is impacted by interest rates, deposit flows and loan demand.  Additionally, and to a lesser extent, the profitability of the Banks is affected by such factors as the level of noninterest income and expenses, the provision for loan losses and the effective tax rate.  Noninterest income consists primarily of service charges on deposit accounts and other fees and income from the sale of loans and investment securities.  Noninterest expenses consist of compensation and benefits, occupancy-related expenses and other operating expenses.

18


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

          Our results of operations are determined by our ability to effectively manage interest income and expense, to minimize loan and investment losses, to generate noninterest income and to control noninterest expense.  Since interest rates are determined by market forces and economic conditions beyond our control, the ability to generate net interest income is dependent upon the ability of the  Banks to obtain an adequate spread between the rate earned on interest-earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  Thus, the key performance measure for net interest income is the interest margin or net yield, which is taxable-equivalent net interest income divided by average earning assets.

          The primary component of consolidated earnings is net interest income, or the difference between interest income on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The net interest margin is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.  Interest-earning assets consist of loans, investment securities and federal funds sold.  Interest-bearing liabilities consist of deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings and other short-term borrowings.  A portion of interest income is earned on tax-exempt investments such as state and municipal bonds.  In an effort to state this tax-exempt income and its resultant yields on a basis comparable to all other taxable investments, an adjustment is made to analyze this income on a taxable-equivalent basis.

          The net interest margin decreased 29 basis points to 4.39% in 2002 as compared to 4.68% in 2001.  This decrease resulted primarily from the monetary policy pursued by the Federal Reserve during 2002.  During 2001 the Federal Reserve  reduced the discount rate on 11 separate occasions resulting in a reduction in the prime interest rate a total of 475 basis points from 9.50% on January 1, 2001 to 4.75% on December 31, 2001.  The prime interest rate on December 31, 2001 was one-half of the effective rate on January 1, 2001.  The Federal Reserve reduced the discount by 50 basis points in November 2002 resulting in the reduction in the prime interest of 50 basis points to 4.25%.  As a result of these rate reductions, ABC’s average yield on interest-earning assets decreased 157 basis points to 7.04% in 2002 from 8.61% in 2001.  The average interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 152 basis points to 3.06% in 2001 from 4.58% in 2001.  Average interest-earning assets increased $169,193,000 or 19.03% to $1,058,221,000 in 2002 from $889,028,000 in 2001.  Average loans increased $129,647,000 or 18.57% to $827,939,000 in 2002 from $698,292,000 in 2001.  Average yield on loans decreased 148 basis points to 7.85% in 2002 as compared to 9.33% in 2001.  Average investments increased $9,953,000 or 6.27% to $168,807,000 in 2002 from $158,854,000 in 2001.  Average yield on investments decreased 147 basis points or 22.48% to 5.07% in 2002 as compared to 6.54% in 2001.  The significant decrease in yield resulted from a significant decrease in nontaxable securities as a percentage of total securities in our investments portfolio in 2002 as compared to 2001.  Average interest-bearing deposits in and federal funds sold to other banks increased $29,593,000 or 92.83% to $61,475,000 in 2002 from $31,882,000 in 2001.  Although the average yield on deposits in and federal funds sold to other banks decreased 145 basis points, the reduction in yield did not significantly affect the average yield on earning assets due to the relatively small volume of investments represented by such funds.  The increase in average interest-earning assets was funded by an increase in average deposits of  $112,895,000 or 14.46% to $893,759,000 in 2002 from $780,864,000 in 2001 and an increase in average other borrowings and trust preferred securities of $64,801,000 or 82.27% to $143,561,000 in 2002 from $78,760,000 in 2001.  Average interest paid on total average deposits decreased 185 basis points or 70.88% to 2.62% in 2002 as compared to 4.46% in 2001.  Approximately 13% of the total average deposits were noninterest-bearing deposits in 2002 and 2001.

          The net interest margin decreased 52 basis points to 4.68% in 2001 as compared to 5.20% in 2000.  This decrease in net interest margin resulted primarily from the monetary policy pursued by the Federal Reserve during 2001 as discussed in the prior paragraph.  Our average yield on interest-earning decreased 74 basis points to 8.61% in 2001 from 9.35% in 2000.  The average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreased 34 basis points to 4.58% in 2001 from 4.92% in 2000.  Average interest-earning assets increased $146,017 or 19.65% to $889,028,000 in 2001 from $743,011,000 in 2000.  Average loans increased $127,766.000 or 22.39% to $698,292.000 in 2001 from $570,526,000 in 2000.  Average yield on loans decreased 89 basis points to 9.33% in 2001 as compared to 10.22% in 2000.  Average investments decreased $314,000 or .20% to $158,854,000 in 2001 from $159,168,000 in 2000.  Average yield on investments increased 13 basis points or 3.12% to 6.54% in 2001 as compared to 6.41% in 2000.  Average interest-bearing deposits in and federal funds sold to other banks increased  $18,565,000 or 39.41% to $31,882,000 in 2001 from $13,317,000 in 2000. Although the average yield on deposits in and federal funds sold to other banks decreased 394 basis points, the reduction in yield did not significantly affect the average yield on earning assets due to the relatively small volume of investments represented by such funds.  The increase in average interest-earning assets was funded by an increase in average deposits of  $126,872,000 or 19.40% to $780,864,000 in 2001 from $653,992,000 in 2000 and an increase in average other borrowings of $$17,662,000 or 28.91% to $78,760,000 in 2001 from $61,098,000 in 2000.  Average interest paid on total average deposits decreased 28 basis points or 5.92% to 4.45% in 2001 as compared to 4.73% in 2000.  Approximately 13% of the total average deposits were noninterest-bearing deposits in 2001 as compared to approximately 14% in 2000.

19


Table of Contents

          During 2001, we acquired two new subsidiary Banks and two branches of other banks which have now been merged with two of our Banks.   These new bank and branch acquisitions were accounted for as purchases.  Following is a summary of assets and liabilities related to the acquisitions of the two new subsidiary Banks and one branch.  The acquisition of one branch was not consummated until December 24, 2001; consequently, the balances related to that branch have not been included because the results would not be materially different had the balances been included.

Interest-earning assets:
 

 

 

 

 
Loans

 

$

71,233,000

 

 
Investment securities

 

 

15,163,000

 

 
Deposit in and federal funds sold to banks

 

 

1,772,000

 

 
 

 



 

 
Total interest-earning assets

 

$

88,168,000

 

 
 

 



 

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 

 

 

 

 
Deposits

 

$

83,528,000

 

 
Other borrowings

 

 

4,263,000

 

 
 

 



 

 
Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

$

87,791,000

 

 
 

 



 

Noninterest-bearing deposits
 

$

10,326,000

 

 
 


 

Total deposits
 

$

93,854,000

 

 
 


 

          The allowance for loan losses represents a reserve for potential losses in the loan portfolio.  The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is evaluated periodically based on a review of all significant loans, with a particular emphasis on nonaccruing, past due and other loans that management believes require attention.  We segregate our loan portfolio by type of loan and utilize this segregation in evaluating exposure to risks within the portfolio.  In addition, based on internal reviews and external reviews performed by independent auditors and regulatory authorities, we further segregates our loan portfolio by loan classifications within each type of loan based on an assessment of risk for a particular loan or group of loans.  Certain reviewed loans require specific allowances.  Allowances are provided for other types and classifications of loans based on anticipated loss rates.  Allowances are also provided for loans that are reviewed by management and considered creditworthy and loans for which management determines no review is required.  In establishing allowances, management considers historical loan loss experience with an emphasis on current loan quality trends, current economic conditions and other factors in the markets where the subsidiary banks operate.  Factors considered include among others, unemployment rates, effect of weather on agriculture and significant local economic events, such as major plant closings.

          We have developed a methodology for determining the adequacy of the loan loss reserve which is followed by all our Banks and monitored by ABC’s senior credit officer and internal audit staff.  Procedures provide for the assignment of a risk rating for every loan included in our total loan portfolio, with the exception of credit card receivables and overdraft protection loans which are treated as pools for risk rating purposes.  The risk rating schedule provides seven ratings of which three ratings are classified as pass ratings and four ratings are classified as criticized ratings.  Each risk rating is assigned a percent factor to be applied to the loan balance to determine the adequate amount of reserve.  Many of the larger loans require an annual review by an independent loan officer.  As a result of loan reviews certain loans may be assigned specific reserve allocations.  Other loans that surface as problem loans may also be assigned specific reserves.  Past due loans are assigned risk ratings based on the number of days past due.            

          The provision for loan losses is a charge to earnings in the current period to replenish the allowance and maintain it at a level management has determined to be adequate.  The provision for loan losses charged to earnings amounted to $5,574,000 in 2002, $4,566,000 in 2001, and $1,712,000 in 2000.  The increase in the provision for loan losses in 2002 was necessary to cover an increase in average loans of 18.57% over 2001 and increase of net loan charge-offs of 29.05% in 2002 as compared to 2001.  Real estate loans and consumer loans accounted for the majority of loan charge-offs in 2002.  These charge-offs resulted from depressed economic conditions during the year.  The increase in the provision for loan losses of  $2,854,000 in 2001 over the provision in 2000 was required to replenish the reserve for greater net charge-offs.  Net charge-offs in 2001 increased $2,603,000 to $4,378,000 in 2001 as compared to $1,775,000 in 2000.  The charge-off of $2,200,000 on one line of credit in 2001 accounted for 77% of the increase.  The remaining portion of the increase in net charge-offs in 2001 was related to the increase in average loans during 2001.   During 2002, average loans increased $129,647,000 or 18.57% over 2001 as compared to an increase in average loans of $127,766,000 or 22.39% in 2001 as compared to 2000.

20


Table of Contents

          The allowance for loan losses amounted to $14,868,000 at December 31, 2002 and $14,944,000 at December 31, 2001.   The allowance for loan losses increased $5,112,000 to $14,944,000 at December 31, 2001 from $9,832,000 at December 31, 2000.  Approximately $4,924,000 or 96% of the increase represented loan reserves acquired in bank acquisitions in 2001.  Net charge-offs represented 101.36% of the provision for loan losses in 2002 as compared to 95.88% in 2001.  Net loan charge-offs for 2002 represented .68% of average loans outstanding during the year as compared to  .63% for 2001 and .31% for 2000.   At December 31, 2002, the allowance for loan losses was 1.78% of total loans outstanding as compared to an allowance for loan losses of 1.86% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2001 and 1.67% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2000.  The determination of the allowance rests upon management’s judgment about factors affecting loan quality and assumptions about the local and national economy.  Management considers the year-end allowance for loan losses adequate to cover potential losses in the consolidated loan portfolio.

          Average total assets increased $190,235,000 or 19.82% to $1,150,266,000 in 2002 as compared to $960,031,000 in 2001.  The increase in average total assets was accompanied by an increase in average deposits of $112,895,000 or 14.46% to $893,759,000 in 2002 from $780,864,000 in 2001 and an increase of average borrowings of $64,801,000.  Average total assets increased $161,810,000 or 20.27% to $960,031,000 in 2001 as compared to $798,221,000 in 2000.  The increase in average total assets was accompanied by an increase in average total deposits of $126,872,000 or 19.40% to $780,864,000 in 2001 from $653,992,000 in 2000 and an increase in average borrowings of $17,662,000.     

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

          The accounting and financial reporting policies of ABC conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and to general practices within the banking industry.  Following is a description of the accounting policies applied by ABC that are deemed “critical”. Critical accounting policies are defined as policies that are very important to the presentation of ABC’s financial condition and results of operations, and that require management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments. ABC’s financial results could differ significantly if different judgments or estimates are applied in the application of these policies.

           Allowance for Loan Losses

          The allowance for loan losses is established through provisions for loan losses charged to operations. Loans are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes that the collection of principal is unlikely. Subsequent recoveries are added to the allowance. Management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is based on a formal analysis that assesses the risk within the loan portfolio. This analysis includes consideration of historical performance, current economic conditions, level of nonperforming loans, loan concentrations, and review of certain individual loans.

          Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate.  While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the subsidiary banks’ allowances for loan losses. Such agencies may require the subsidiary banks to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

          Considering current information and events regarding a borrower’s ability to repay its obligations, management considers a loan to be impaired when the ultimate collectibility of all amounts due, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement, is in doubt. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. If the loan is collateral-dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the amount of impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for losses on loans.

          Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Cash receipts for accruing loans are applied to principal and interest under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Cash receipts on impaired loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are applied first to principal and then to interest income.

21


Table of Contents

          The accounting for impaired loans described above applies to all loans, except for large pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment, loans that are measured at fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value, and debt securities. The allowance for loan losses for large pools of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans is established through consideration of such factors as changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio quality, adequacy of the underlying collateral, loan concentrations, historical charge-off trends, and economic conditions that may affect the borrowers’ ability to pay.

          Certain economic and interest rate factors could have a material impact on the determination of the allowance for loan losses. The depth, duration, and dispersion of any economic recession all have an impact on the credit risk profile of the loan portfolio. Additionally, a rapidly rising interest rate environment that may cause rates to reach double digits could as well have a material impact on certain borrowers’ ability to pay.

          Our current assumptions are that an economic recovery will occur during the second half of 2003 and that the depth of the recession will have already peaked prior to the first half of 2004. Additionally, we are assuming that the effect of the recession will have had its greatest impact on economic conditions, including unemployment, by the end of 2003.  With respect to the interest rate environment, ABC anticipates that interest rates will be increasing slightly during 2003.  In the event of a dramatic downturn in this recession in which there is a broad effect in all sectors of our economy and/or a significant rapid rise in interest rates to double-digit levels creating higher borrowing costs and tightening corporate profits, ABC’s credit costs could increase significantly.

          Another factor that we have considered in the determination of the allowance for loan losses is loan concentrations to individual borrowers or industries. At December 31, 2002, ABC had 11 individual credit relationships that exceeded $3.5 million with none exceeding $11 million.

          A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is in the commercial real estate and residential real estate sectors Those loans are secured by real estate in ABC’s primary market area.  A substantial of portion of other real estate owned is located in those same markets.  Therefore, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of our loan portfolio and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate owned are susceptible to changes to market conditions in ABC’s primary market area.

          ABC is closely monitoring certain portions of its loan portfolio that we believe have a higher credit risk profile under the current environment based solely upon their industry classification which includes agricultural and agribusiness loans.  Based on current information, we have not identified any problem credits included in these categories, which are not already classified as nonperforming or impaired loans. However, if the economic recovery takes longer than expected, the allowance for loan losses could be impacted by adverse developments in these credits.

           Income Taxes

          SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” requires the asset and liability approach for financial accounting and reporting for deferred income taxes.  We use the asset and liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes and provide deferred income taxes for all significant income tax temporary differences.  See Note 11 to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional details.

          As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate.  This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items, such as depreciation and the provision for loan losses, for tax and financial reporting purposes.  These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities that are included in our consolidated balance sheet.

          We must also assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income, and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.  Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets.  To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or adjust this allowance in a period, we must include an expense within the tax provisions in the statement of income. 

          We have recorded on our consolidated balance sheet net deferred tax assets of $3,632,000 which includes amounts relating to loss carryforwards.  We believe there will be sufficient taxable income in the future allowing is to utilize these loss carryforwards in the tax jurisdictions where they exist.

22


Table of Contents

          Long-Lived Assets, Including Intangibles

          We evaluate long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, specifically identifiable intangibles and goodwill, when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets might not be recoverable.  Factors that could trigger an impairment include significant underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets and significant negative industry or economic trends.

          The determination of whether an impairment has occurred is based on an estimate of undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets as compared to the carrying value of the assets.  If an impairment has occurred, the amount of the impairment loss recognized would be determined by estimating the fair value of the assets and recording a loss if the fair value was less than the book value. 

          In determining the existence of impairment factors, our assessment is based on market conditions, operational performance and legal factors of our Company and its subsidiary banks.  Our review of factors present and the resulting appropriate carrying value of our goodwill, intangibles, and other long-lived assets are subject to judgments and estimates that management is required to make.  Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that our goodwill, intangibles and other long-lived assets might be impaired.

ITEM 7a.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

          ABC is exposed only to U. S. Dollar interest rate changes and, accordingly, we manage exposure by considering the possible changes in the net interest margin.  We do not have any trading instruments nor do we classify any portion of the investment portfolio as held for trading.  We  do not engage in any hedging activities or enter into any derivative instruments with a higher degree of risk than mortgage-backed securities, which are commonly, pass through securities.  Finally, we have no exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk, commodity price risk, and other market risks.

          Interest rates play a major part in the net interest income of a financial institution.  The sensitivity to rate changes is known as “interest rate risk.”  The repricing of interest earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities can influence the changes in net interest income.  As part of our asset/liability management program, the timing of repriced assets and liabilities is referred to as Gap management.  Our policy is to maintain a Gap ratio in the one-year time horizon of .80 to 1.20.  As indicated by the Gap analysis included in this annual report, the Company is somewhat asset sensitive in relation to changes in market interest rates.  Being asset sensitive would result in net interest income increasing in a rising rate environment and decreasing in a declining rate environment.  See “Asset/Liability Management” included in this annual report.              

          ABC uses simulation analysis to monitor changes in net interest income due to changes in market interest rates.  The simulation of rising, declining and flat interest rate scenarios allow management to monitor and adjust interest rate sensitivity to minimize the impact of market interest rate swings.  The analysis of the impact on net interest income over a twelve-month period is subjected to a gradual 200 basis point increase or decrease in market rates on net interest income and is monitored on a quarterly basis.  The most recent simulation model projects net interest income would increase 8.82% if rates rise gradually over the next year.  On the other hand, the model projects net interest income to decrease 10.43% if rates decline over the next year.

23


Table of Contents

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION OF ABC BANCORP

          The following statistical information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” and the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report and in the documents incorporated herein by reference.

Average Balances and Net Income Analysis

          The following tables set forth the amount of the ABC’s interest income or interest expense for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the average interest rate for total interest-earning assets and total interest-bearing liabilities, net interest spread and net yield on average interest-earning assets.  Federally tax-exempt income is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 34% federal tax rate.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 

 


 


 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate Paid

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

ASSETS
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loans, net of unearned interest

 

$

827,939

 

$

64,970

 

 

7.85

%

$

698,292

 

$

65,157

 

 

9.33

%

$

570,526

 

$

58,328

 

 

10.22

%

 
Investment securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Taxable

 

 

164,899

 

 

8,275

 

 

5.02

 

 

141,378

 

 

9,072

 

 

6.42

 

 

139,928

 

 

8,750

 

 

6.25

 

 
Nontaxable

 

 

3,908

 

 

283

 

 

7.24

 

 

17,476

 

 

1,317

 

 

7.54

 

 

19,240

 

 

1,453

 

 

7.55

 

 
Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

61,440

 

 

1,020

 

 

1.66

 

 

30,285

 

 

943

 

 

3.11

 

 

13,317

 

 

939

 

 

7.05

 

 
Federal funds sold

 

 

35

 

 

1

 

 

2.86

 

 

1,597

 

 

49

 

 

3.07

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 
Total interest-earning assets

 

 

1,058,221

 

 

74,549

 

 

7.04

 

 

889,028

 

 

76,538

 

 

8.61

 

 

743,011

 

 

69,470

 

 

9.35

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 
Noninterest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash

 

 

35,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,270

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(14,607

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,121

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,144

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities

 

 

2,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,274

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,007

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Other assets

 

 

69,038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,580

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total noninterest-earning assets

 

 

92,045

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,210

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total assets

 

$

1,150,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

960,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

798,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Average Balances and Net Income Analysis (Continued)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 

 


 


 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate Paid

 

Average
Balance

 

Interest
Income/
Expense

 

Average
Yield/
Rate Paid

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Savings and interest-bearing demand deposits
 

$

306,897

 

$

4,261

 

 

1.39

%

$

230,476

 

$

5,379

 

 

2.33

%

$

194,895

 

$

5,087

 

 

2.61

%

Time deposits
 

 

470,415

 

 

16,025

 

 

3.41

 

 

452,407

 

 

25,057

 

 

5.54

 

 

370,707

 

 

21,666

 

 

5.84

 

Other short-term borrowings
 

 

5,363

 

 

118

 

 

2.20

 

 

4,523

 

 

199

 

 

4.40

 

 

5,776

 

 

428

 

 

7.41

 

Other borrowings
 

 

103,698

 

 

4,314

 

 

4.16

 

 

69,159

 

 

3,768

 

 

5.45

 

 

55,322

 

 

3,624

 

 

6.55

 

Trust preferred securities
 

 

34,500

 

 

3,426

 

 

9.93

 

 

5,078

 

 

501

 

 

9.87

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

 
Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

920,873

 

 

28,144

 

 

3.06

 

 

761,643

 

 

34,904

 

 

4.58

 

 

626,700

 

 

30,805

 

 

4.92

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 



 



 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing liabilities and stockholders’ equity:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits
 

 

116,447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,390

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities
 

 

7,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,573

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity
 

 

105,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

93,530

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,558

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

229,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

198,388

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

1,150,266

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

960,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

798,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate spread
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.98

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.03

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.43

%

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

Net interest income
 

 

 

 

$

46,405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

41,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

38,665

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Net interest margin
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.39

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.68

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.20

%

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

25


Table of Contents

Rate and Volume Analysis

          The following table reflects the changes in net interest income resulting from changes in interest rates and from asset and liability volume. Federally tax-exempt interest is presented on a taxable-equivalent basis assuming a 34% federal tax rate. The change in interest attributable to rate has been determined by applying the change in rate between years to average balances outstanding in the later year. The change in interest due to volume has been determined by applying the rate from the earlier year to the change in average balances outstanding between years. Thus, changes that are not solely due to volume have been consistently attributed to rate.

 
 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 
 

2002 vs. 2001

 

2001 vs. 2000

 

 
 

 


 

 

 

Increase
(Decrease)

 

Changes Due To

 

Increase
(Decrease)

 

Changes Due To

 

 

 

 


 

 


 

 

 

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Increase (decrease) in:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Income from earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest and fees on loans

 

$

(187

)

$

(12,284

)

$

12,097

 

$

6,829

 

$

(6,233

)

$

13,062

 

 
Interest on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Taxable

 

 

(797

)

 

(2,306

)

 

1,509

 

 

322

 

 

231

 

 

91

 

 
Tax exempt

 

 

(1,034

)

 

(12

)

 

(1,022

)

 

(136

)

 

(3

)

 

(133

)

 
Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

77

 

 

(893

)

 

970

 

 

4

 

 

(1,192

)

 

1,196

 

 
Interest on federal funds

 

 

(48

)

 

—  

 

 

(48

)

 

49

 

 

—  

 

 

49

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 
Total interest income

 

 

(1,989

)

 

(15,495

)

 

13,506

 

 

7,068

 

 

(7,197

)

 

14,265

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

Expense from interest-bearing liabilities:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest on savings and interest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

(1,118

)

 

(2,902

)

 

1,784

 

 

292

 

 

(637

)

 

929

 

 
Interest on time deposits

 

 

(9,032

)

 

(10,029

)

 

997

 

 

3,391

 

 

(1,384

)

 

4,775

 

 
Interest on short-term borrowings

 

 

(81

)

 

(118

)

 

37

 

 

(229

)

 

(136

)

 

(93

)

 
Interest on other borrowings

 

 

546

 

 

(1,336

)

 

1,882

 

 

144

 

 

(762

)

 

906

 

 
Interest on trust preferred securities

 

 

2,925

 

 

22

 

 

2,903

 

 

501

 

 

—  

 

 

501

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 
Total interest expense

 

 

(6,760

)

 

(14,363

)

 

7,603

 

 

4,099

 

 

(2,919

)

 

7,018

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 
Net interest income

 

$

4,771

 

$

(1,132

)

$

5,903

 

$

2,969

 

$

(4,278

)

$

7,247

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

26


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

          Service charges on deposit accounts increased $2,829,000 or 36.64% to $10,550,000 in 2002 as compared to $7,721,000 in 2001 on an increase in average deposits of $112,895,000 or 14.46% to $893,759,000 in 2002 from $780,864,000 in 2001.  Service charges on deposit accounts increased $1,328,000 or 20.77% to $7,721,000 in 2001 as compared to $6,393,000 in 2000 on an increase in average deposits of $126,872,000 or 19.59% to $780,864,000 in 2001 from $653,992,000 in 2000.  Bank acquisitions in 2001 accounted for $549,000 or 41.34% of the increase in service charges and $93,854,000 or 73.98% of the increase in average deposits.   Other service charges, commissions and fees decreased  $17,000 to $806,000 in 2002 from $823,000 in 2001.  The decline was attributable to a decrease in the sale of annuities and other financial instruments.  Other service charges, commissions and fees increased $201,000 or 32.32% to $823,000 in 2001 from $622,000 in 2000.   Approximately $15,000 or 7.46% of the increase was attributable to the 2001 bank acquisitions.  The remaining increase in other service charges, commissions and fees relate to increased activity in the sale of annuities and other financial instruments and increased emphasis on credit life insurance that generated additional fee income. Origination fees on mortgage loans increased $469,000 or 52.34% to $1,365,000 from 896,000 in 2001.  Such fees increased  $491,000 or 121.23% to $896,000 in 2001 from $405,000 in 2000.  The significant increase in mortgage fee income resulted from the volume of mortgage refinancing generated by the decrease in mortgage rates and the inclusion of results of operations for the entire year in 2002 for banks acquired in 2001, whose results of operations were included only since the date of acquisition in accordance with purchase accounting.  Approximately $134,000 or 27.29% of the increase in 2001 as attributable to First Bank of Brunswick acquired in 2001.  In 2002, we realized $1,643,000 in gain on sale of securities as compared to $1,253,000 on sale of securities in 2001.  There were no sales of securities in 2000.   All other noninterest income increased $214,000 or 20.74 % in 2002 from 2001 and  $237,000 or 29.81% in 2001 from 2000.  Such increases were primarily attributable to the 2001 bank acquisitions. 

          Following is a comparison of noninterest income for 2002, 2001 and 2000.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Service charges on deposit accounts
 

$

10,550

 

$

7,721

 

$

6,393

 

Mortgage origination fees
 

 

1,365

 

 

896

 

 

405

 

Other service charges, commissions and fees
 

 

806

 

 

823

 

 

622

 

Gain on sale of securities
 

 

1,643

 

 

1,253

 

 

—  

 

Other income
 

 

1,246

 

 

1,032

 

 

795

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
 

$

15,610

 

$

11,725

 

$

8,215

 

 
 


 



 



 

Noninterest Expense

          Salaries and employee benefits increased $2,989,000 or 16.45% to $21,155,000 in 2002 from $18,166,000 in 2001.  Approximately $1,982,000 or 66.31% of the increase resulted from the inclusion of salaries and employee benefits for the entire year in expense for 2002 whereas salaries and benefits were included in expense in 2001 from the dates the banks were acquired in accordance with purchase accounting.   Salaries increased $1,880,000; bonuses increased $611,000; retirement expense increased $222,000; and all other employee benefits, including stock options and other grants, insurance and payroll taxes, increased $276,000. Salaries and employee benefits increased  $1,746,000 or 10.63% to $18,166,000 in 2001 from $16,420,000 in 2000.  Salaries increased $547,000; bonuses increased  $468,000; retirement expense increased $242,000; and all other employee benefits, including stock options and other grants, insurance and payroll taxes, increased $489,000.  The major portion of the increase in 2001 expense was attributable to the acquisition of three banks in 2001 accounted for as purchase transactions.

          Equipment and occupancy expense increased $214,000 to $4,982,000 in 2002 from $4,768,000 in 2001.  The 2002 bank acquisitions had the effect of increasing equipment and occupancy expense by $458,000 in 2002.  This increase was offset by a reduction in leased equipment expense of $192,000 in 2002 and other reductions totaling 52,000 attributable to decreased depreciation in some of the Banks. Equipment and occupancy increased $430,000 or 9.91% to $4,768,000 in 2001 from $4,338,000 in 2000.  Approximately $407,000 or 94.65% of the increase was attributable to the 2001 acquisitions.

27


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense (Continued)

          As of January 1, 2002, we were required to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”  The adoption of this statement had the effect of reducing amortization expense by approximately $628,000 (before tax effect) from the amortization expense recorded in 2001.  Amortization expense for 2002 also included approximately $1,208,000 additional amortization related to the 2001 bank acquisitions.  The additional expense related to acquisitions, net of the nonamortization provisions of the newly adopted accounting statement resulted in a net increase in amortization expense in 2002 of approximately $580,000.  Amortization of intangible assets increased $381,000 to $1,185,000 in 2001 from $804,000 in 2000.  The entire amount of the increase resulted from the amortization of intangible assets arising from the 2001 acquisitions.         

          Data processing fees increased $296,000 to $1,546,000 in 2002 from $1,250,000 in 2001.  The significant increase in fees is attributable to increased volume of transactions processed following the recent bank acquisitions and the inclusion for the entire year in 2002 of the acquired banks that were only included from the dates they were acquired in 2001.  Bank transactions and all accounting data are now processed online on equipment at the Banks, parent company offices or central operations.  Data processing fees increased $103,000 to $1,250,000 in 2001 from $804,000 in 2000.  Approximately $35,000, representing one-third of the increase related to the 2001 acquisitions.  The remaining increase was attributable to increased volume of financial data processed in 2001 as compared with 2000.

          All other expense increased $2,814,000 to $11,465,000 in 2002 from $8,651,000 in 2001.  Approximately $946,000 or 33.62% of the increase is attributable to the 2001 acquisitions.  Included in the 2002 expense was $602,000 in other real estate losses and sale or abandonment  of fixed assets.  In 2002 we incurred $680,000 more in conversion charges as compared with 2001, $400,000 in additional bank analysis charges and $304,000 in additional postage and stationery supplies.  All other expense increased $1,127,000 in 2001 over 2000.   Approximately $930,000  or 80% of this increase was attributable to the 2001 acquisitions.

          Following is a comparison of noninterest expense for 2002, 2001 and 2000.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Salaries and employee benefits
 

$

21,155

 

$

18,166

 

$

16,420

 

Equipment and occupancy
 

 

4,982

 

 

4,768

 

 

4,338

 

Amortization of intangible assets
 

 

1,765

 

 

1,185

 

 

804

 

Data processing fees
 

 

1,546

 

 

1,250

 

 

1,147

 

Other expense
 

 

11,465

 

 

8,651

 

 

7,524

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
 

$

40,913

 

$

34,020

 

$

30,233

 

 
 


 



 



 

28


Table of Contents

Asset/Liability Management

          A principal objective of our asset/liability management strategy is to minimize its exposure to changes in interest rates by matching the maturity and repricing horizons of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. This strategy is overseen in part through the direction of our Asset and Liability Committee (the “ALCO Committee”) which establishes policies and monitors results to control interest rate sensitivity.

          As part of our interest rate risk management policy, the ALCO Committee examines the extent to which its assets and liabilities are “interest rate-sensitive” and monitors its interest rate-sensitivity “gap”.  An asset or liability is considered to be interest rate sensitive if it will reprice or mature within the time period analyzed, usually one year or less. The interest rate-sensitivity gap is the difference between the interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities scheduled to mature or reprice within such time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount of interest rate-sensitive assets exceeds the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities. A gap is considered negative when the amount of interest rate-sensitive liabilities exceeds the interest rate-sensitive assets.  During a period of rising interest rates, a negative gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income.  During a period of falling interest rates, a negative gap would tend to result in an increase in net interest income, while a positive gap would tend to adversely affect net interest income. If ABC’s assets and liabilities were equally flexible and moved concurrently, the impact of any increase or decrease in interest rates on net interest income would be minimal.

          A simple interest rate “gap” analysis by itself may not be an accurate indicator of how net interest income will be affected by changes in interest rates. Accordingly, the ALCO Committee also evaluates how the repayment of particular assets and liabilities is impacted by changes in interest rates. Income associated with interest-earning assets and costs associated with interest-bearing liabilities may not be affected uniformly by changes in interest rates. In addition, the magnitude and duration of changes in interest rates may have a significant impact on net interest income.  For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may not react identically to changes in market interest rates.  Interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities fluctuate in advance of changes in general market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in general market rates. In addition, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgage loans, have features (generally referred to as “interest rate caps”) which limit changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset.  In the event of a change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels also could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the interest-rate gap.  The ability of many borrowers to service their debts also may decrease in the event of an interest-rate increase.

29


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth the distribution of the repricing of our earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities as of December 31, 2002, the interest rate sensitivity gap (i.e., interest rate sensitive assets divided by interest rate sensitivity liabilities), the cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap ratio (i.e., interest rate sensitive assets divided by interest rate sensitive liabilities) and the cumulative sensitivity gap ratio. The table also sets forth the time periods in which earning assets and liabilities will mature or may reprice in accordance with their contractual terms. However, the table does not necessarily indicate the impact of general interest rate movements on the net interest margin since the repricing of various categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive pressures and the needs of our customers. In addition, various assets and liabilities indicated as repricing within the same period may in fact reprice at different times within such period and at different rates.

 

 

At December 31, 2002

 

 
 

 

 

 

Maturing or Repricing Within

 

 
 

 

 

 

Zero to
Three
Months

 

Three
Months to
One Year

 

One to
Five
Years

 

Over
Five
Years

 

Total

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Earning assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

$

77,979

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

77,979

 

 
Restricted stock

 

 

5,778

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

5,778

 

 
Investment securities

 

 

1,221

 

 

33,353

 

 

130,927

 

 

12,802

 

 

178,303

 

 
Loans

 

 

181,990

 

 

269,542

 

 

373,125

 

 

8,790

 

 

833,447

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 

 
 

 

266,968

 

 

302,895

 

 

504,052

 

 

21,592

 

 

1,095,507

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Interest-bearing liabilities:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest-bearing demand deposits (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

81,305

 

 

176,806

 

 

—  

 

 

258,111

 

 
Savings (1)

 

 

—  

 

 

21,545

 

 

40,012

 

 

—  

 

 

61,557

 

 
Certificates less than $100,000

 

 

87,187

 

 

183,841

 

 

38,692

 

 

—  

 

 

309,720

 

 
Certificates, $100,000 and over

 

 

48,673

 

 

87,249

 

 

19,126

 

 

—  

 

 

155,048

 

 
Other short-term borrowings

 

 

8,204

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

8,204

 

 
Other borrowings

 

 

36,144

 

 

87

 

 

1,065

 

 

79,994

 

 

117,290

 

 
Trust preferred securities

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

34,500

 

 

34,500

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 
 

 

180,208

 

 

374,027

 

 

275,701

 

 

114,494

 

 

944,430

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Interest rate sensitivity gap
 

$

86,760

 

$

(71,132

)

$

228,351

 

$

(92,902

)

$

151,077

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap
 

$

86,760

 

$

15,628

 

$

243,979

 

$

151,077

 

 

 

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

 

Interest rate sensitivity gap ratio
 

 

1.48

 

 

0.81

 

 

1.83

 

 

0.19

 

 

 

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

 

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap ratio
 

 

1.48

 

 

1.03

 

 

1.29

 

 

1.16

 

 

 

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The Company has found that NOW and money-market checking deposits and savings deposits reprice between three months and one year or between one to five years depending on the competition in the market areas where the deposits are located.  Therefore, it has placed portions of these deposits in the three months to one year horizon and the one to five years horizon based on estimated amounts repricing in each horizon.

30


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO

          ABC manages the mix of asset and liability maturities in an effort to control the effects of changes in the general level of interest rates on net interest income. See “—Asset/Liability Management.”  Except for its effect on the general level of interest rates, inflation does not have a material impact on the portfolio due to the rate variability and short-term maturities of its earning assets.  In particular, approximately 54% of the loan portfolio is comprised of loans which mature or reprice within one year or less. Mortgage loans, primarily with five to fifteen year maturities, are also made on a variable rate basis with rates being adjusted every one to five years.  Additionally, 19% of the investment portfolio matures or reprices within one year or less.

Types of Investments

Securities

          Following is a summary of the carrying value of investments, including restricted equity securities, as of the end of each reported period:

 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

U. S. Government and agency securities
 

$

73,773

 

$

50,473

 

$

61,186

 

State and municipal securities
 

 

3,529

 

 

5,339

 

 

19,468

 

Corporate debt securities
 

 

22,867

 

 

6,715

 

 

6,130

 

Mortgage-backed securities
 

 

77,314

 

 

89,111

 

 

71,221

 

Marketable equity securities
 

 

820

 

 

496

 

 

614

 

Restricted equity securities
 

 

5,778

 

 

4,701

 

 

3,486

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
 

$

184,081

 

$

156,835

 

$

162,105

 

 
 


 



 



 

Maturities

          The amounts of securities available for sale in each category as of December 31, 2002 are shown in the following table according to contractual maturity classifications (1) one year or less, (2) after one year through five years, (3) after five years through ten years, and (4) after ten years.

 

 

U. S. Treasury
and Other U. S.
Government Agencies
and Corporations

 

State and
Political Subdivisions

 

 
 

 


 

 

 

Amount

 

Yield
(1)

 

Amount

 

Yield
(1) (2)

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Maturity:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
One year or less

 

$

34,275

 

 

3.78

%

$

299

 

 

7.41

%

 
After one year through five years

 

 

129,644

 

 

3.97

 

 

1,283

 

 

8.54

 

 
After five years through ten years

 

 

7,055

 

 

6.52

 

 

1,048

 

 

7.21

 

 
After ten years

 

 

3,800

 

 

9.13

 

 

899

 

 

5.72

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 

 
 

$

174,774

 

 

4.15

%

$

3,529

 

 

7.33

%

 
 


 



 



 



 


(1)

Yields were computed using coupon interest, adding discount accretion or subtracting premium amortization, as appropriate, on a ratable basis over the life of each security. The weighted average yield for each maturity range was computed using the acquisition price of each security in that range.

 

 

(2)

Yields on securities of state and political subdivisions are stated on a taxable-equivalent basis, using a tax rate of 34%.

31


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO

Types of Loans

          Management believes that our loan portfolio is adequately diversified. The loan portfolio contains no foreign or energy-related loans or significant concentrations in any one industry, with the exception of residential and commercial real estate mortgages, which constituted approximately 54% of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2002.  The amount of loans outstanding at the indicated dates is shown in the following table according to type of loans.

 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Commercial and financial
 

$

172,429

 

$

152,097

 

$

109,647

 

$

83,385

 

$

70,282

 

Agricultural
 

 

34,007

 

 

39,878

 

 

34,840

 

 

29,694

 

 

36,567

 

Real estate - construction
 

 

23,020

 

 

24,650

 

 

14,046

 

 

13,228

 

 

8,439

 

Real estate - mortgage, farmland
 

 

63,093

 

 

63,533

 

 

57,253

 

 

59,018

 

 

56,595

 

Real estate - mortgage, commercial
 

 

243,037

 

 

225,470

 

 

160,456

 

 

150,075

 

 

123,854

 

Real estate - mortgage, residential
 

 

209,485

 

 

202,447

 

 

128,614

 

 

117,936

 

 

114,930

 

Consumer installment loans
 

 

78,535

 

 

91,557

 

 

76,076

 

 

59,529

 

 

65,307

 

Other
 

 

9,841

 

 

5,444

 

 

6,449

 

 

17,360

 

 

1,220

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 
 

 

833,447

 

 

805,076

 

 

587,381

 

 

530,225

 

 

477,194

 

Less reserve for possible loan losses
 

 

14,868

 

 

14,944

 

 

9,832

 

 

9,895

 

 

10,192

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 
Loans, net

 

$

818,579

 

$

790,132

 

$

577,549

 

$

520,330

 

$

467,002

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Maturities and Sensitivity to Changes in Interest Rates

          Total loans as of December 31, 2002 are shown in the following table according to maturity or repricing opportunities (1) one year or less, (2) after one year through five years, and (3) after five years.

 
 

(Dollars in
Thousands)

 

 
 


 

Maturity or Repricing Within:
 

 

 

 

 
One year or less

 

$

451,532

 

 
After one year through five years

 

 

373,125

 

 
After five years

 

 

8,790

 

 
 


 

 
 

$

833,447

 

 
 


 

          The following table summarizes loans at December 31, 2002 with the due dates after one year which (1) have predetermined interest rates and (2) have floating or adjustable interest rates.

 
 

(Dollars in
Thousands

)

 
 


 

Predetermined interest rates
 

$

372,554

 

Floating or adjustable interest rates
 

 

9,361

 

 
 


 

 
 

$

381,915

 

 
 


 

          Records were not available to present the above information in each category listed in the first paragraph above and could not be reconstructed without undue burden.

32


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Loans

          A loan is placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s judgment, the collection of the interest income appears doubtful. Interest receivable that has been accrued in prior years and is subsequently determined to have doubtful collectibility is charged to the allowance for possible loan losses. Interest on loans that are classified as nonaccrual is recognized when received.  Past due loans are loans whose principal or interest is past due 90 days or more.  In some cases, where borrowers are experiencing financial difficulties, loans may be restructured to provide terms significantly different from the original contractual terms.

 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Loans accounted for on a nonaccrual basis
 

$

7,561

 

$

11,958

 

$

4,863

 

$

5,551

 

$

8,767

 

Installment loans and term loans contractually past due ninety days or more as to interest or principal payments and still accruing
 

 

171

 

 

691

 

 

81

 

 

48

 

 

94

 

Loans, the terms of which have been renegotiated to provide a reduction or deferral of interest or principal because of deterioration in the financial position of the borrower
 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

Loans now current about which there are serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with present loan repayment terms
 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

          In the opinion of management, any loans classified by regulatory authorities as doubtful, substandard or special mention that have not been disclosed above do not (i) represent or result from trends or uncertainties which management reasonably expects will materially impact future operating results, liquidity or capital resources, or (ii) represent material credits about which management is aware of any information which causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.  Any loans classified by regulatory authorities as loss have been charged off.

33


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE

          The provision for possible loan losses is created by direct charges to operations. Losses on loans are charged against the allowance in the period in which such loans, in management’s opinion, become uncollectible.  Recoveries during the period are credited to this allowance. The factors that influence management’s judgment in determining the amount charged to operating expense are past loan experience, composition of the loan portfolio, evaluation of possible future losses, current economic conditions and other relevant factors.   Our allowance for loan losses was approximately $14,868,000 at December 31, 2002, representing 1.78% of year end total loans outstanding, compared with $14,944,000 at December 31, 2001, which represented 1.86% of year end total loans outstanding. The allowance for loan losses is reviewed quarterly based on management’s evaluation of current risk characteristics of the loan portfolio, as well as the impact of prevailing and expected economic business conditions.   Management considers the allowance for loan losses adequate to cover possible loan losses on the loans outstanding.

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

          The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category for the periods indicated. Management believes the allowance can be allocated only on an approximate basis. The allocation of the allowance to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in any other category.

 

 

At December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 
 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Category to Total
Loans

 

Amount

 

Percent of
Loans in
Category
to Total
Loans

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Commercial, financial, industrial and agricultural
 

$

5,892

 

 

25

%

$

6,009

 

 

24

%

$

2,981

 

 

25

%

$

2,904

 

 

22

%

$

3,047

 

 

22

%

Real estate
 

 

2,651

 

 

65

 

 

2,825

 

 

64

 

 

2,925

 

 

61

 

 

3,213

 

 

64

 

 

3,404

 

 

64

 

Consumer
 

 

3,649

 

 

10

 

 

3,420

 

 

12

 

 

2,156

 

 

14

 

 

1,997

 

 

14

 

 

1,906

 

 

14

 

Unallocated
 

 

2,676

 

 

—  

 

 

2,690

 

 

—  

 

 

1,770

 

 

—  

 

 

1,781

 

 

—  

 

 

1,835

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

 
 

$

14,868

 

 

100

%

$

14,944

 

 

100

%

$

9,832

 

 

100

%

$

9,895

 

 

100

%

$

10,192

 

 

100

%

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 



 

34


Table of Contents

          The following table presents an analysis of our loan loss experience for the periods indicated:

 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

1999

 

1998

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Average amount of loans outstanding
 

$

827,939

 

$

698,292

 

$

570,526

 

$

505,941

 

$

495,421

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Balance of reserve for possible loan losses at beginning of period
 

$

14,944

 

$

9,832

 

$

9,895

 

$

10,192

 

$

7,627

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Charge-offs:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

 

(2,576

)

 

(3,534

)

 

(1,077

)

 

(1,383

)

 

(1,456

)

 
Real estate

 

 

(2,491

)

 

(626

)

 

(249

)

 

(933

)

 

(1,252

)

 
Consumer

 

 

(2,092

)

 

(1,328

)

 

(1,268

)

 

(1,417

)

 

(1,322

)

Recoveries:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Commercial, financial and agricultural

 

 

502

 

 

203

 

 

302

 

 

434

 

 

276

 

 
Real estate

 

 

492

 

 

546

 

 

146

 

 

263

 

 

365

 

 
Consumer

 

 

515

 

 

361

 

 

371

 

 

585

 

 

449

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 
Net charge-offs

 

 

(5,650

)

 

(4,378

)

 

(1,775

)

 

(2,451

)

 

(2,940

)

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Additions to reserve charged to operating expenses
 

 

5,574

 

 

4,566

 

 

1,712

 

 

2,154

 

 

5,505

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Allowance for loan losses of acquired subsidiary
 

 

—  

 

 

4,924

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Balance of reserve for possible loan losses at end of period
 

$

14,868

 

$

14,944

 

$

9,832

 

$

9,895

 

$

10,192

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Ratio of net loan charge-offs to average loans
 

 

0.68

%

 

.63

%

 

.31

%

 

.48

%

 

.59

%

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

35


Table of Contents

DEPOSITS

          Average amount of deposits and average rate paid thereon, classified as to noninterest-bearing demand deposits, interest-bearing demand and savings deposits and time deposits, for the periods indicated are presented below.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 

 


 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
 

$

116,447

 

 

—  

%

$

97,981

 

 

—  

%

Interest-bearing demand and savings deposits
 

 

306,897

 

 

1.39

 

 

230,476

 

 

2.33

 

Time deposits
 

 

470,415

 

 

3.41

 

 

452,407

 

 

5.54

 

 
 


 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 
Total deposits

 

$

893,759

 

 

 

 

$

780,864

 

 

 

 

 
 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

          We have a large, stable base of time deposits with little or no dependence on volatile deposits of $100,000 or more. The time deposits are principally certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts obtained for individual customers.

          The amounts of time certificates of deposit issued in amounts of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2002, are shown below by category, which is based on time remaining until maturity of (1) three months or less, (2) over three through twelve months and (3) over twelve months.

 

 

(Dollars in
Thousands)

 

 
 


 

Three months or less
 

$

48,673

 

Over three through twelve months
 

 

87,249

 

Over twelve months
 

 

19,126

 

 
 


 

Total
 

$

155,048

 

 
 


 

36

 


Table of Contents

RETURN ON ASSETS AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

          The following rate of return information for the periods indicated is presented below.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

Return on assets (1)
 

 

0.90

%

 

1.00

%

 

1.27

%

Return on equity (2)
 

 

9.81

 

 

10.30

 

 

13.19

 

Dividends payout ratio (3)
 

 

45.71

 

 

45.71

 

 

38.66

 

Equity to assets ratio (4)
 

 

9.18

 

 

9.74

 

 

9.59

 


(1)

Net income divided by average total assets.

 

 

(2)

Net income divided by average equity.

 

 

(3)

Dividends declared per share divided by net income per share.

 

 

(4)

Average equity divided by average total assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

          Liquidity management involves the matching of the cash flow requirements of customers, who may be either depositors desiring to withdraw funds or borrowers needing assurance that sufficient funds will be available to meet their credit needs, and the ability of ABC and our Banks to meet those needs.  ABC and our Banks seek to meet liquidity requirements primarily through management of short-term investments (principally interest-bearing deposits in banks) and monthly amortizing loans.  Another source of liquidity is the repayment of maturing single payment loans. In addition, our  Banks maintain relationships with correspondent banks which could provide funds to them on short notice, if needed.

          The liquidity and capital resources of ABC and our Banks are monitored on a periodic basis by state and federal regulatory authorities.  At December 31, 2002, the Banks’ short-term investments were adequate to cover any reasonable anticipated immediate need for funds.  During 2002, we increased our capital by retaining net earnings of $5,626,000 after payment of dividends.  After recording an increase in capital of $602,000 for unrealized gains on securities available for sale, net of taxes, an increase of $444,000 for restricted stock transactions, an increase of $133,000 for the exercise of stock options, total capital increased $3,336,000 during 2002.  At December 31, 2002, total capital of ABC amounted to $107,484,000.  We are aware of no events or trends likely to result in a material change in our liquidity. 

          The following table sets forth certain information about contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2002.

 

 

Total

 

Payments Due After December 31, 2002

 

 

 

 






 


 

 

 

 

1 Year
Or Less

 

1 -3
Years

 

4 -5
Years

 

After 5
Years

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

Long-term debt
 

$

8,144

 

$

1,563

 

$

2,925

 

$

2,925

 

$

731

 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances
 

 

109,146

 

 

3,086

 

 

16,044

 

 

22

 

 

89,994

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

 
Total contractual cash obligations

 

$

117,290

 

$

4,649

 

$

18,969

 

$

2,947

 

$

90,725

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

          The Company’s operating leases represent short-term obligations, normally with maturities of one year or less.  Many of the operating leases have thirty-day cancellation provisions.  The total contractual obligations for operating leases do not require a material amount of the Company’s cash funds.

          At December 31, 2002, we had no binding commitments for capital expenditures. 

          In accordance with risk capital guidelines issued by the Federal Reserve Board, we are required to maintain a minimum standard of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8%. Additionally, all member banks must maintain “core” or “Tier 1” capital of at least 4% of total assets (“leverage ratio”).  Member banks operating at or near the 4% capital level are expected to have well-diversified risks, including no undue interest rate risk exposure, excellent control systems, good earnings, high asset quality, and well managed on- and off-balance sheet activities; and, in general, be considered strong banking organizations with a composite 1 rating under the CAMEL rating system of banks. For all but the most highly rated banks meeting the above conditions, the minimum leverage ratio is to be 4% plus an additional 100 to 200 basis points.

37


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes the regulatory capital levels of our Company at December 31, 2002.

 

 

Actual

 

Required

 

Excess

 

 
 

 


 


 

 

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Leverage capital
 

$

109,733

 

 

9.49

%

$

46,252

 

 

4.00

%

$

63,481

 

 

5.49

%

Risk-based capital:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Core capital

 

 

109,733

 

 

12.79

 

 

34,325

 

 

4.00

 

 

75,408

 

 

8.79

 

 
Total capital

 

 

127,577

 

 

14.87

 

 

68,649

 

 

8.00

 

 

58,928

 

 

6.87

 

          Each Bank also met its individual regulatory capital requirements at December 31, 2002.

Commitments and Lines of Credit

          In the ordinary course of business, the Banks have granted commitments to extend credit to approved customers.  Generally, these commitments to extend credit have been granted on a temporary basis for seasonal or inventory requirements and have been approved by the Banks’ Board of Directors.  The Banks have also granted commitments to approved customers for standby letters of credit. These commitments are recorded in the financial statements when funds are disbursed or the financial instruments become payable. The Banks use the same credit policies for these off balance sheet commitments as they do for financial instruments that are recorded in the consolidated financial statements.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee.  Since many of the commitment amounts expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

          Following is a summary of the commitments outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001.

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Commitments to extend credit
 

$

89,540

 

$

114,631

 

Credit card commitments
 

 

—  

 

 

13,775

 

Standby letters of credit
 

 

5,315

 

 

3,405

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

94,855

 

$

131,811

 

 
 


 



 

          There are no credit card commitments at December 31, 2002 because the Company sold its credit card portfolio during the year.  The Company is obligated to repurchase credit card accounts that did meet certain criteria as of the preliminary closing date.  As of December 31, 2002, the Company has accrued this potential liability based on the past average loss experience.

          The Company believes that the discontinuation of credit card activities will not have a material effect on the Company’s future operations.

Impact of Inflation

          The consolidated financial statements and related consolidated financial data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices within the banking industry which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation.  Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than the effects of general levels of inflation.

38


Table of Contents

ITEM 8.            FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

                        The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries are included on pages F-1 through F-33 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

                        Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001

                        Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

                        Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

                        Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

                        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

                        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

ITEM 9.            DISAGREEMENT ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

                        During 2002 and 2001, the Company did not change its accountants and there was no disagreement on any matter of accounting principles or practices for financial statement disclosure that would have required the filing of a current report on Form 8-K.

39


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS, COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 16(a) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

                        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report (“ABC’s Proxy Statement”).

                        Information concerning the Company’s executive officers is included in Item 4.5 of Part I of this Annual Report.

ITEM 11.            EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

                        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ABC’s Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

                        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ABC’s Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.            CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

                        The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to ABC’s Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14.            CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

                        Based on their evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days of the filing of this report, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company have concluded that such controls and procedures are effective.  There were no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect such controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation.

40


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

 

 

(a)

 

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

 

 

 

1.

Financial statements:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

ABC Bancorp and Subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

ABC Bancorp (Parent Company Only):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Parent Company only financial information has been included in Note 19 of Notes to Consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Financial statement schedules:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the financial statements or related notes.

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

A list of the Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K to be filed as a part of this report is shown on the “Exhibit Index” filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

No current reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of 2002.

41


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

ABC B ANCORP

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

By:

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

 


 

 

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt, Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

Date:   March 18, 2003

By:

/s/ W. E DWIN LANE, J R .

 

 


 

 

W. Edwin Lane, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kenneth J. Hunnicutt as his attorney-in-fact, acting with full power of substitution for him in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto, and any other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and hereby ratifies and confirms all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, this Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

 


 

 

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt, Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ W. E DWIN L ANE , J R .

 

 


 

 

W. Edwin Lane, Jr., Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ J OHNNY W. F LOYD

 

 


 

 

Johnny W. Floyd, Director

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ J. R AYMOND F ULP

 

 


 

 

J. Raymond Fulp, Director

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ D ANIEL B. J ETER

 

 


 

 

Daniel B. Jeter, Director

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ R OBERT P. L YNCH

 

 


 

 

Robert P. Lynch, Director

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ E UGENE M. V EREEN , J R.

 

 


 

 

Eugene M. Vereen, Jr.

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ D OYLE W ELTZBARKER

 

 


 

 

Doyle Weltzbarker, Director

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ J. T HOMAS W HELCHEL

 

 


 

 

J. Thomas Whelchel, Director

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

 

/s/ H ENRY W ORTMAN

 

 


 

 

Henry Wortman, Director

42


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Kenneth J. Hunnicutt, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ABC Bancorp;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

 

 

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

(b)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

 

 

 

(c)

presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

 

 

 

(a)

all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

 

 

6.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

 


 

 

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt, Chief Executive Officer

43


Table of Contents

CERTIFICATIONS

I, W. Edwin Lane, Jr., certify that:

 

 

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ABC Bancorp;

 

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

 

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

 

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:

 

 

 

(a)

designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

 

 

 

 

(b)

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the “Evaluation Date”); and

 

 

 

 

(c)

presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;

 

 

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

 

 

 

(a)

all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrant’s auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal controls; and

 

 

 

6.

The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

 

 

 

Date:    March 18, 2003

/s/ W. E DWIN LANE, J R .

 

 


 

 

W. Edwin Lane, Jr., Chief Financial Officer

44


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 


 
 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation of ABC, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to ABC’s Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A (File No. 24A-2630) filed August 14, 1987).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.2

 

Amendment to Amended Articles of Incorporation dated May 26, 1995 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1.1 to ABC’s Form 10-K filed March 28, 1996).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.3

 

Amendment to Amended Articles of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to ABC’s Registration on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-08301), filed with the Commission on July 17, 1996 and incorporated herein by reference).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.4

 

Bylaws of ABC, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 to ABC’s Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A (File No. 24A-2630) filed August 14, 1987.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.5

 

Form of Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 25, 1998).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.6

 

Form of Amendment to Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 25, 1998).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.7

 

Form of Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 26, 1999).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.8

 

Form of Amendment to Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 26, 1999).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

3.9

 

Articles of Amendment to the Articles of Incorporation dated May 17, 2001.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.1

 

Form of Indenture for Subordinated Debentures (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on November 2, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.2

 

Form of Subordinated Debenture (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.1 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on November 2, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.3

 

Certificate of Trust of ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on September 7, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.4

 

Trust Agreement of ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on September 7, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.5

 

Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on November 2, 2001).

45


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 


 
 

4.6

 

Form of ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I Preferred Securities Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit D to Exhibit 4.5 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on November 2, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.7

 

Form of Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on November 2, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

4.8

 

Form of Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities of ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I (incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Exhibit 4.5 to ABC’s Registration Statement on Form S-3/A (File No. 333-69140), filed with the Commission on November 2, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.1

 

Deferred Compensation Agreement for Kenneth J. Hunnicutt dated December 16, 1986 (filed as Exhibit 5.3 to ABC’s Regulation A Offering Statement on Form 1-A (File No. 24A-2630), filed with the Commission on August 14, 1987 and incorporated herein by reference).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.2

 

Executive Salary Continuation Agreement dated February 14, 1984 (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB (File Number 2-71257), filed with the Commission on March 27, 1989 and incorporated herein by reference).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.3

 

1992 Incentive Stock Option Plan and Option Agreement for K. J. Hunnicutt (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB (File Number 0-16181), filed with the Commission on March 30, 1993 and incorporated herein by reference).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.4

 

Executive Employment Agreement with Kenneth J. Hunnicutt dated September 20, 1994 (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB (File Number 0-016181), filed with the Commission on March 30, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.5

 

Form of Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 25, 1998).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.6

 

Form of Rights Agreement between ABC Bancorp and SunTrust Bank dated as of February 17, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 25, 1998).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.7

 

ABC Bancorp 2000 Officer/Director Stock Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 29, 2000).

46


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description

 

 


 
 

10.8

 

Form of Severance Protection Agreement between ABC and certain of ABC’s other executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 29, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.9

 

Executive Employment Agreement with W. Edwin Lane, Jr. dated as of August 21, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to ABC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on October 19, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.10

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among ABC, Tri-County Bank and Tri-County Merger Sub, Inc. dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of January 26, 2001, and by Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of February 20, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to ABC’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on March 29, 2001).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.11

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and between ABC and Golden Isles Financial Holdings, Inc. dated as of February 20, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to ABC’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on February 23, 2001 and incorporated herein by reference).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.12

 

Commission Agreement by and between ABC and Jerry L. Keen dated as of September 12, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to ABC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on November 14, 2002).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.13

 

Termination Agreement by and between ABC and Mark D. Thomas dated as of August 8, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to ABC’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-13901), filed with the Commission on November 14, 2002).

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.14

 

Severance Protection Agreement by and between ABC and Edwin W. Hortman, Jr. dated as of April 13, 1998.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.15

 

Severance Protection Agreement by and between ABC and Jon S. Edwards dated as of March 8, 1999.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.16

 

Asset Purchase Agreement by and between Southland Bank and MBNA America Bank, N.A. dated as of December 19, 2002.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.17

 

Interim Servicing Agreement by and between Southland Bank and MBNA America Bank, N.A. dated as of December 19, 2002.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

10.18

 

Joint Marketing Agreement by and between ABC Bancorp and MBNA America Bank, N.A. dated as of December 19, 2002.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

21.1

 

Schedule of subsidiaries of ABC Bancorp.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney relating to this Form 10-K is set forth on the signature pages of this Form 10-K.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

99.1

 

Certification of ABC’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 
 

 

 

 

 
 

99.2

 

Certification of ABC’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley-Act of 2002.

47


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULES

Consolidated financial statements:

 

 

Independent Auditor’s Report

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001

 

Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the financial statements or related notes.

F-1


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Board of Directors
ABC Bancorp
Moultrie, Georgia

                    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ABC Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002.   These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. 

                    We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ABC Bancorp and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ M AULDIN & J ENKINS , LLC

 


Albany, Georgia
January 28, 2003

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2001
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

Assets
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks
 

$

45,098

 

$

51,303

 

Interest-bearing deposits in banks
 

 

77,979

 

 

106,172

 

Securities available for sale, at fair value
 

 

178,303

 

 

152,134

 

Restricted stock
 

 

5,778

 

 

4,701

 

Federal funds sold
 

 

—  

 

 

44

 

Loans
 

 

833,447

 

 

805,076

 

Less allowance for loan losses
 

 

14,868

 

 

14,944

 

 
 


 



 

 
Loans, net

 

 

818,579

 

 

790,132

 

 
 


 



 

Premises and equipment, net
 

 

25,327

 

 

26,821

 

Intangible assets
 

 

4,309

 

 

8,695

 

Goodwill
 

 

19,240

 

 

16,619

 

Other assets
 

 

17,864

 

 

20,265

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

1,192,477

 

$

1,176,886

 

 
 


 



 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Noninterest-bearing

 

$

131,749

 

$

125,522

 

 
Interest-bearing

 

 

784,436

 

 

805,634

 

 
 

 



 



 

 
Total deposits

 

 

916,185

 

 

931,156

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
 

 

8,204

 

 

3,792

 

Other borrowings
 

 

117,290

 

 

95,293

 

Other liabilities
 

 

8,814

 

 

7,997

 

Trust preferred securities
 

 

34,500

 

 

34,500

 

 
 


 



 

 
Total liabilities

 

 

1,084,993

 

 

1,072,738

 

 
 

 



 



 

Commitments and contingencies
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Common stock, par value $1; 30,000,000 shares authorized;10,824,257 and 10,790,369 shares issued

 

 

10,824

 

 

10,790

 

 
Capital surplus

 

 

45,946

 

 

45,616

 

 
Retained earnings

 

 

59,210

 

 

53,584

 

 
Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

1,636

 

 

1,034

 

 
Unearned compensation

 

 

(443

)

 

(656

)

 
 

 



 



 

 
 

 

 

117,173

 

 

110,368

 

 
Less cost of 1,053,321 and 790,982 shares acquired for the treasury

 

 

(9,689

)

 

(6,220

)

 
 

 



 



 

 
Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

107,484

 

 

104,148

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

1,192,477

 

$

1,176,886

 

 
 


 



 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 



 



 



 

Interest income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans

 

$

64,970

 

$

65,157

 

$

58,328

 

 

Interest on taxable securities

 

 

8,275

 

 

9,072

 

 

8,750

 

 

Interest on nontaxable securities

 

 

187

 

 

869

 

 

959

 

 

Interest on deposits in other banks

 

 

1,020

 

 

943

 

 

939

 

 

Interest on federal funds sold

 

 

1

 

 

49

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

74,453

 

 

76,090

 

 

68,976

 

 

 



 



 



 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

20,286

 

 

30,480

 

 

26,753

 

 

Interest on other borrowings

 

 

7,858

 

 

4,424

 

 

4,052

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

28,144

 

 

34,904

 

 

30,805

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Net interest income

 

 

46,309

 

 

41,186

 

 

38,171

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

5,574

 

 

4,566

 

 

1,712

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

 

 

40,735

 

 

36,620

 

 

36,459

 

 

 



 



 



 

Other income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

10,550

 

 

7,721

 

 

6,393

 

 

Other service charges, commissions and fees

 

 

806

 

 

823

 

 

622

 

 

Mortgage origination fees

 

 

1,365

 

 

896

 

 

405

 

 

Gain on sale of securities

 

 

1,643

 

 

1,253

 

 

—  

 

 

Other

 

 

1,246

 

 

1,032

 

 

795

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

15,610

 

 

11,725

 

 

8,215

 

 

 



 



 



 

Other expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

21,155

 

 

18,166

 

 

16,420

 

 

Equipment expense

 

 

2,394

 

 

2,817

 

 

2,484

 

 

Occupancy expense

 

 

2,588

 

 

1,951

 

 

1,854

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

1,765

 

 

1,185

 

 

804

 

 

Data processing fees

 

 

1,546

 

 

1,250

 

 

1,147

 

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

11,465

 

 

8,651

 

 

7,524

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

 

40,913

 

 

34,020

 

 

30,233

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

15,432

 

 

14,325

 

 

14,441

 

Applicable income taxes

 

 

5,077

 

 

4,692

 

 

4,343

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Net income

 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

 

 



 



 



 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.19

 

 

 



 



 



 

Diluted earnings per share

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.19

 

 

 



 



 



 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

Net income
 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

 
 


 



 



 

Other comprehensive income:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net unrealized holding gains arising during period, net of tax of $869, $606 and $1,129

 

 

1,687

 

 

1,176

 

 

2,192

 

 
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax of $558 and $426

 

 

(1,085

)

 

(827

)

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

Total other comprehensive income
 

 

602

 

 

349

 

 

2,192

 

 
 


 



 



 

Comprehensive income
 

$

10,957

 

$

9,982

 

$

12,290

 

 
 


 



 



 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

Common Stock

 

Capital
Surplus

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

Shares

 

Par Value

 

 

 
 


 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 1999
 

 

9,098,690

 

$

9,099

 

$

28,854

 

 
Net income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Cash dividends declared, $.46 per share

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Issuance of restricted shares of common stock under employee incentive plan

 

 

39,300

 

 

39

 

 

383

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Repurchase of shares for treasury

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2000
 

 

9,137,990

 

 

9,138

 

 

29,237

 

 
Net income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Cash dividends declared, $.48 per share

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Adjustments to record acquisition of purchased subsidiaries

 

 

1,588,347

 

 

1,588

 

 

15,768

 

 
Issuance of restricted shares of common stock under employee incentive plan

 

 

62,800

 

 

63

 

 

600

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

1,232

 

 

1

 

 

11

 

 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2001
 

 

10,790,369

 

 

10,790

 

 

45,616

 

 
Net income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Cash dividends declared, $.48 per share

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Issuance of restricted shares of common stock under employee incentive plan

 

 

15,300

 

 

16

 

 

215

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

18,588

 

 

18

 

 

115

 

 
Repurchase of shares for treasury

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2002
 

 

10,824,257

 

$

10,824

 

$

45,946

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

 
 

Retained
Earnings

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)

 

Unearned
Compensation

 

Treasury Stock

 

Total

 

 
 

 

 

 


 

 

 
 

 

 

 

Shares

 

Cost

 

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 1999
 

$

42,188

 

$

(1,507

)

$

(560

)

 

374,823

 

$

(2,058

)

$

76,016

 

 
Net income

 

 

10,098

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

10,098

 

 
Cash dividends declared, $.46 per share

 

 

(3,875

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(3,875

)

 
Issuance of restricted shares of common stock under employee incentive plan

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(422

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

387

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

387

 

 
Repurchase of shares for treasury

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

416,159

 

 

(4,162

)

 

(4,162

)

 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

—  

 

 

2,192

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

2,192

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2000
 

 

48,411

 

 

685

 

 

(595

)

 

790,982

 

 

(6,220

)

 

80,656

 

 
Net income

 

 

9,633

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

9,633

 

 
Cash dividends declared, $.48 per share

 

 

(4,460

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(4,460

)

 
Adjustments to record acquisition of purchased subsidiaries

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

17,356

 

 
Issuance of restricted shares of common stock under employee incentive plan

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(663

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

602

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

602

 

 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

12

 

 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

—  

 

 

349

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

349

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2001
 

 

53,584

 

 

1,034

 

 

(656

)

 

790,982

 

 

(6,220

)

 

104,148

 

 
Net income

 

 

10,355

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

10,355

 

 
Cash dividends declared, $.48 per share

 

 

(4,729

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(4,729

)

 
Issuance of restricted shares of common stock under employee incentive plan

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

(231

)

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

444

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

133

 

 
Repurchase of shares for treasury

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

262,339

 

 

(3,469

)

 

(3,469

)

 
Other comprehensive income

 

 

—  

 

 

602

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

602

 

 
 

 



 



 



 



 



 



 

Balance, December 31, 2002
 

$

59,210

 

$

1,636

 

$

(443

)

 

1,053,321

 

$

(9,689

)

$

107,484

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

F-6

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income

 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,241

 

 

2,438

 

 

2,189

 

 
Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

1,765

 

 

1,185

 

 

804

 

 
Amortization of unearned compensation

 

 

444

 

 

602

 

 

387

 

 
Net gains on sale of securities available for sale

 

 

(1,643

)

 

(1,253

)

 

—  

 

 
Net (gains) losses on sale or disposal of premises and equipment

 

 

320

 

 

(13

)

 

7

 

 
Provision for loan losses

 

 

5,574

 

 

4,566

 

 

1,712

 

 
Provision for deferred taxes

 

 

(65

)

 

(726

)

 

(634

)

 
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

 

 

1,120

 

 

2,233

 

 

(1,970

)

 
Increase (decrease) in interest payable

 

 

(1,216

)

 

(672

)

 

578

 

 
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable

 

 

588

 

 

167

 

 

(1

)

 
Net other operating activities

 

 

2,964

 

 

(900

)

 

371

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Total adjustments

 

 

12,092

 

 

7,627

 

 

3,443

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

 
Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

22,447

 

 

17,260

 

 

13,541

 

 
 


 



 



 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(Increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

28,193

 

 

(97,267

)

 

27,779

 

 
Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(140,148

)

 

(86,585

)

 

(26,927

)

 
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

 

 

78,632

 

 

82,511

 

 

15,167

 

 
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale

 

 

37,903

 

 

42,996

 

 

—  

 

 
Purchase of restricted equity securities

 

 

(1,077

)

 

(1,215

)

 

(34

)

 
Decrease in federal funds sold

 

 

44

 

 

13,942

 

 

—  

 

 
Increase in loans, net

 

 

(34,021

)

 

(53,244

)

 

(58,931

)

 
Purchase of premises and equipment

 

 

(1,726

)

 

(1,896

)

 

(2,359

)

 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 

—  

 

 

28

 

 

—  

 

 
Net cash received from acquisitions

 

 

—  

 

 

11,609

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(32,200

)

 

(89,121

)

 

(45,305

)

 
 


 



 



 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Increase (decrease) in deposits

 

 

(14,971

)

 

24,591

 

 

39,227

 

 
Increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

4,412

 

 

1,139

 

 

2,256

 

 
Proceeds from other borrowings

 

 

25,100

 

 

69,738

 

 

109,800

 

 
Repayment of other borrowings

 

 

(2,908

)

 

(39,515

)

 

(120,600

)

 
Dividends paid

 

 

(4,749

)

 

(4,262

)

 

(3,745

)

 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

133

 

 

12

 

 

—  

 

 
Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred securities

 

 

—  

 

 

34,500

 

 

—  

 

 
Payment for debt issue costs

 

 

—  

 

 

(1,450

)

 

—  

 

 
Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

(3,469

)

 

—  

 

 

(4,162

)

 
 


 



 



 

 
Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

3,548

 

 

84,753

 

 

22,776

 

 
 


 



 



 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and due from banks
 

 

(6,205

)

 

12,892

 

 

(8,988

)

Cash and due from banks at beginning  of year
 

 

51,303

 

 

38,411

 

 

47,399

 

 
 


 



 



 

Cash and due from banks at end of year
 

$

45,098

 

$

51,303

 

$

38,411

 

 
 


 



 



 

F-7


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest

 

$

29,360

 

$

35,576

 

$

30,227

 

 
Income taxes

 

$

4,554

 

$

5,251

 

$

4,978

 

NONCASH TRANSACTIONS
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Principal balances of loans transferred to other real estate owned

 

$

3,930

 

$

2,216

 

$

1,021

 

 
Common stock issued in connection with business acquisitions

 

$

—  

 

$

17,590

 

$

—  

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-8


Table of Contents

ABC BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

 

 

Nature of Business

 

 

 

 

ABC Bancorp, (the “Company”) is a multi-bank holding company whose business is presently conducted by its subsidiary banks (the “Banks”).  Through the Banks, the Company operates a full service banking business and offers a broad range of retail and commercial banking services to its customers located in a market area which includes South and Southeast Georgia, North Florida and Southeast Alabama.  The Company and the Banks are subject to the regulations of certain federal and state agencies and are periodically examined by those regulatory agencies.

 

 

 

 

Basis of Presentation and Accounting Estimates

 

 

 

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

 

 

 

 

In preparing financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of foreclosed real estate, impairment of intangible assets and deferred taxes.

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries.  All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

 

 

Cash, Due from Banks and Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and due from banks includes cash on hand, cash items in process of collection and amounts due from banks.  Cash flows from loans, federal funds sold, deposits, interest-bearing deposits in banks and federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reported net.

 

 

 

 

 

The Banks are required to maintain reserve balances in cash or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank, based on a percentage of deposits.  The total of those reserve balances was approximately $6,438,000 and $8,086,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

 

 

Debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and recorded at amortized cost.  Management has not classified any of its debt securities as held-to-maturity.  Securities not classified as held-to-maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect.  Equity securities, including restricted stock, without a readily determinable fair value are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at cost.

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method based on the terms of the securities.  Gains and losses on the sale of securities are determined using the specific identification method.  Declines in the fair value of available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

Loans are reported at their outstanding principal balances less unearned income, net deferred fees, and the allowance for loan losses.  Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.  Loan origination fees, net of certain direct loan origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the related loan yield over the life of the loan using a method which approximates a level yield.

 

 

 

 

 

The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due, unless the loan is well-secured.  All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off is reversed against interest income.  Interest income on nonaccrual loans is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received until the loans are returned to accrual status.

 

 

 

 

 

The allowance for loan losses is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense.  Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the collectibility of the principal is unlikely.  Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance. 

 

 

 

 

 

The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb estimated losses in the loan portfolio.  The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions.  This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.  While management uses the best information available to make its evaluation, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if there are significant changes in economic conditions.  In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses, and may require the Company to make additions to the allowance based on their judgment about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

 

 

 

 

 

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable the Banks will be unable to collect all principal and interest payments due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Impaired loans are measured by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.  The amount of impairment, if any, and any subsequent changes are included in the allowance for loan losses.

 

 

 

 

Premises and Equipment

 

 

 

 

Land is carried at cost.  Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation computed principally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives:

 

 

Years

 


Buildings

39

Furniture and equipment

5-7

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

 

 

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, arising from excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired in purchase transactions, represent identified intangible assets and goodwill.  Identifiable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives.  Goodwill arising from purchase transactions consummated prior to July 1, 2002 had been amortized over periods ranging from 15 to 25 years.  In 2001 and 2002, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued four new accounting standards, which significantly affected the accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets arising from purchase transactions.  See “Accounting Standards” included in this note for additional information on SFAS Statements No. 141, 142, 144 and 147.  As a result of the application of these new standards, goodwill and intangible assets that management concludes have indefinite useful lives can no longer be amortized, but are subject to impairment tests performed at least annually.  Other identifiable intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives but will be subject to impairment tests.

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31, 2002, no amortization of goodwill was included in the consolidated statement of income.  For the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, charges in the amount of  $668,000 and $627,000, respectively, were included in the consolidated statements of income for amortization of goodwill.  Included in the consolidated statements of income for December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, were charges for amortization of identifiable intangible assets in the amounts of $1,765,000, $517,000 and $177,000, respectively.

 

 

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned represents properties acquired through foreclosure.  Other real estate owned is held for sale and is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell.  Any write-down to fair value at the time of transfer to other real estate owned is charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed assets.  The carrying amount of other real estate owned at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $1,534,200 and $1,249,500, respectively.

 

 

 

Income Taxes

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method.  Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various balance sheet assets and liabilities and gives current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws.

 

 

 

Stock Compensation Plans

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2002, the Company has two stock-based employee compensation plans, which are described more fully in Note 13.  The Company accounts for those plans under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations.  No stock-based employee compensation cost is reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant.  The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to stock-based employee compensation.

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

 

 

Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Net income, as reported

 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects

 

 

(54

)

 

(39

)

 

(33

)

 

 



 



 



 

Pro forma net income

 

$

10,301

 

$

9,594

 

$

10,065

 

 

 



 



 



 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic - as reported

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.19

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Basic - pro forma

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.19

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Diluted - as reported

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.19

 

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

Diluted - pro forma

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.19

 

 

 

 



 



 



 


 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

The Company’s repurchases of shares of its common stock are recorded at cost as “Treasury stock” and result in a reduction of “Stockholders’ equity.”  When treasury shares are reissued, the Company uses a first-in, first-out method and any difference in repurchase cost and reissuance price is recorded as an increase or reduction in “Capital surplus.”

 

 

 

Earnings Per share

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding.  Diluted earnings per common share are computed by dividing net income by the effect of the issuance of potential common shares that are dilutive by the sum of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding and potential common shares.  Potential common shares consist of only stock options for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.  The weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the years ended at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was 9,858,463; 9,214,276 and 8,460,230, respectively.  The weighted-average number of shares outstanding and potential shares for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 was 9,908,663, 9,250,040 and 8,465,669, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

Potential common shares not included due to the fact that they would be anti-dilutive at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000 were 89,944, 30,696 and 159,052, respectively.

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income.  Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income.

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

 

 

Accounting Standards

 

 

 

 

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142. “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”  SFAS No. 141 requires that all business combinations consummated after June 30, 200l be accounted for by the purchase method unless the combination was initiated on or prior to that date and it meets the conditions to be accounted by the pooling-of-interests method in accordance with APB Opinion No. 16, “Business Combinations.”  Under SFAS No. 142, goodwill and intangible assets that management concludes have indefinite useful lives will no longer be amortized, but will be subject to impairment tests performed at least annually.  SFAS No. 142 also requires the Company to perform a transitional impairment test of all previously recognized goodwill and to assign all recognized assets and liabilities to reporting units.  Other identifiable intangible assets will continue to be amortized over their useful lives.

 

 

 

 

 

During 2002, the Company performed the first of the required annual impairment tests of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets.  As a result of this test, no amount was charged to earnings for impairment in 2002.  Application of the nonamortization provisions of SFAS No. 142 resulted in an increase of $730,000 ($.07 per share basic and diluted share) in net income for 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

In October 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 147, “Acquisitions of Certain Financial Institutions.”  SFAS No. 147 removed acquisitions of financial institutions from the scope of  SFAS No. 72, “Accounting for Certain Acquisitions of Banking or Thrift Institutions,” which permitted the recognition and subsequent amortization of any excess of the fair value of liabilities assumed over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired as an unidentifiable intangible asset.  For a transaction that is a business combination, SFAS No. 147 requires that the unidentifiable intangible asset acquired be recognized as goodwill and accounted for under SFAS No. 142.  SFAS No. 147 also amended SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” to include in its scope long-term borrower-relationship intangible assets of financial institutions such as depositor-and-borrower-relationship intangible assets and credit cardholder intangible assets.  Consequently, those intangible assets are subject to the same undiscounted cash flow recoverability test and impairment loss recognition and measurement provisions that SFAS No. 144 requires of other long-lived assets that are held and used.  As a result of the application of SFAS No. 147 as of October 1, 2002, approximately $2,621,000 of previously recognized unidentifiable intangible assets was reclassified to goodwill in 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

In December 2002, the FASB issued SFAS No. 148, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure.”  SFAS No. 148 amends SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to provide alternative methods of transition for an entity that voluntarily changes to the fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee compensation.  It also amends the disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123 to require prominent disclosure about the effects on reported net income of an entity’s accounting policy decisions with respect to stock-based employee compensation.  The Company has not elected to adopt the recognition provisions of this Statement for stock-based employee compensation and has elected to continue with accounting methodology in Opinion No. 25 as permitted by SFAS No. 123.

 

 

 

 

Reclassification of Certain Items

 

 

 

 

Certain items in the consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 have been reclassified, with no effect on total assets or net income, to be consistent with the classifications adopted for the year ended December 31, 2002.

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2.

INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES

 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities are summarized as follows:


 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Fair
Value

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale December 31, 2002:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
U. S. Government and agency securities

 

$

72,326

 

$

1,488

 

$

(41

)

$

73,773

 

 
State and municipal securities

 

 

3,362

 

 

179

 

 

(12

)

 

3,529

 

 
Corporate debt securities

 

 

22,838

 

 

384

 

 

(355

)

 

22,867

 

 
Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

76,439

 

 

921

 

 

(46

)

 

77,314

 

 
Equity securities

 

 

859

 

 

—  

 

 

(39

)

 

820

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
 

$

175,824

 

$

2,972

 

$

(493

)

$

178,303

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

Securities Available for Sale
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
December 31, 2001:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
U. S. Government and agency securities

 

$

49,509

 

$

1,034

 

$

(70

)

$

50,473

 

 
State and municipal securities

 

 

5,239

 

 

119

 

 

(19

)

 

5,339

 

 
Corporate debt securities

 

 

7,171

 

 

2

 

 

(458

)

 

6,715

 

 
Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

88,128

 

 

1,242

 

 

(259

)

 

89,111

 

 
Equity securities

 

 

521

 

 

—  

 

 

(25

)

 

496

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
 

$

150,568

 

$

2,397

 

$

(831

)

$

152,134

 

 
 


 



 



 



 


 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities as of December 31, 2002 by contractual maturity are shown below.  Maturities may differ from contractual maturities in mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without penalty.  Therefore, these securities are not included in the maturity categories in the following maturity summary.


 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Due in one year or less
 

$

27,493

 

$

27,867

 

Due from one year to five years
 

 

60,779

 

 

62,283

 

Due from five to ten years
 

 

5,580

 

 

5,620

 

Due after ten years
 

 

4,674

 

 

4,399

 

Mortgage-backed securities
 

 

76,439

 

 

77,314

 

Equity securities
 

 

859

 

 

820

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

175,824

 

$

178,303

 

 
 


 



 

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2.

INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES (Continued)

 

 

 

Securities with a carrying value of $84,535,517 and $86,541,872 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required or permitted by law.

 

 

 

 

Gains and losses on sales of securities available for sale consist of the following:


 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Gross gains on sales of securities
 

$

1,643

 

$

1,253

 

$

—  

 

Gross losses on sales of securities
 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

Net realized gains on sales of securities available for sale
 

$

1,643

 

$

1,253

 

$

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 


NOTE 3.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

 

 

The composition of loans is summarized as follows:


 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Commercial and financial
 

$

172,429

 

$

152,097

 

Agricultural
 

 

34,007

 

 

39,878

 

Real estate – construction
 

 

23,020

 

 

24,650

 

Real estate - mortgage, farmland
 

 

63,093

 

 

63,533

 

Real estate - mortgage, commercial
 

 

243,037

 

 

225,470

 

Real estate - mortgage, residential
 

 

209,485

 

 

202,447

 

Consumer installment loans
 

 

78,535

 

 

91,557

 

Other
 

 

9,841

 

 

5,444

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

 

833,447

 

 

805,076

 

Allowance for loan losses
 

 

14,868

 

 

14,944

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

818,579

 

$

790,132

 

 
 


 



 


 

The following is a summary of information pertaining to impaired loans:


 

 

As of and For the Years Ended
December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

Impaired loans without a valuation allowance
 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

Impaired loans with a valuation allowance
 

 

7,561

 

 

11,958

 

 

4,863

 

 
 


 



 



 

Total impaired loans
 

$

7,561

 

$

11,958

 

$

4,863

 

 
 


 



 



 

Valuation allowance related to impaired loans
 

$

1,358

 

$

1,984

 

$

1,020

 

 
 


 



 



 

Average investment in impaired loans
 

$

8,966

 

$

8,249

 

$

5,603

 

 
 


 



 



 

Interest income recognized on impaired loans
 

$

26

 

$

6

 

$

51

 

 
 


 



 



 

Forgone interest income on impaired loans
 

$

792

 

$

666

 

$

541

 

 
 


 



 



 


 

Loans on nonaccrual status amounted to approximately $7,561,000, $11,958,000 and $4,863,000 at December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.  There were $171,000, $691,000 and $81,000 of loans past due ninety days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3.

LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)

 

 

 

Changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000 are as follows:


 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Balance, beginning of year
 

$

14,944

 

$

9,832

 

$

9,895

 

 
Provision for loan losses

 

 

5,574

 

 

4,566

 

 

1,712

 

 
Loans charged off

 

 

(7,159

)

 

(5,488

)

 

(2,594

)

 
Recoveries of loans previously charged off

 

 

1,509

 

 

1,110

 

 

819

 

 
Acquired loan loss reserve

 

 

—  

 

 

4,924

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

Balance, end of year
 

$

14,868

 

$

14,944

 

$

9,832

 

 
 


 



 



 


 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has granted loans to certain directors, executive officers, and their affiliates.  The interest rates on these loans were substantially the same as rates prevailing at the time of the transaction and repayment terms are customary for the type of loan.  Changes in related party loans for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001 are as follows:


 

 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Balance, beginning of year
 

$

34,488

 

$

36,321

 

 
Advances

 

 

33,424

 

 

9,890

 

 
Repayments

 

 

(26,285

)

 

(10,771

)

 
Transactions due to changes in related parties

 

 

1,180

 

 

(952

)

 
 

 



 



 

Balance, end of year
 

$

42,807

 

$

34,488

 

 
 


 



 


NOTE 4.

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

 

 

 

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:


 
 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 
 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Land
 

$

6,096

 

$

6,200

 

Buildings
 

 

22,618

 

 

22,260

 

Furniture and equipment
 

 

17,889

 

 

19,643

 

Construction in progress; estimated cost to complete, $35,000
 

 

472

 

 

1,697

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

 

47,075

 

 

49,800

 

Accumulated depreciation
 

 

(21,748

)

 

(22,979

)

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

25,327

 

$

26,821

 

 
 


 



 

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

Following is a summary of information related to acquired intangible assets:


 

 

As of December 31, 2002

 

As of December 31, 2001

 

 
 

 


 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Amortized intangible assets
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Core deposit premiums

 

$

8,896

 

$

4,587

 

$

11,517

 

$

2,822

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

Unamortized intangible assets
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Goodwill

 

$

19,240

 

 

 

 

$

16,619

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

The aggregate amortization expense was $1,765,000, $1,185,000 and $804,000 for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001, and 2000, respectively.

 

 

 

The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:


2003
 

$

1,023,000

 

2004
 

 

790,000

 

2005
 

 

642,000

 

2006
 

 

549,000

 

2007
 

 

490,000

 


 

There were no changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2002, except for the reclassification of approximately $2,621,000 of previously recognized unidentifiable intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 147.

 

 

 

Following is a summary of net income and earnings per share that would have been reported exclusive of amortization expense recognized in those periods related to goodwill and intangible assets that are no longer being amortized.


 
 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Reported net income
 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

Add back goodwill amortization
 

 

—  

 

 

668

 

 

627

 

 
 


 



 



 

Adjusted net income
 

$

10,355

 

$

10,301

 

$

10,725

 

 
 


 



 



 

Basic earnings per share:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported net income

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.19

 

 
Goodwill amortization

 

 

—  

 

 

.07

 

 

.07

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

 
Adjusted net income

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.12

 

$

1.26

 

 
 


 



 



 

Diluted earnings per share:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported net income

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.04

 

$

1.19

 

 
Goodwill amortization

 

 

—  

 

 

.07

 

 

.07

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

 
Adjusted net income

 

$

1.05

 

$

1.11

 

$

1.26

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6.

DEPOSITS

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $155,048,000 and $156,562,000, respectively.  The scheduled maturities of time deposits at December 31, 2002 are as follows:


 
 

(Dollars in
Thousands)

 

 
 


 

2003
 

$

407,921

 

2004
 

 

36,122

 

2005
 

 

12,212

 

2006
 

 

3,886

 

2007
 

 

4,550

 

Later years
 

 

77

 

 
 


 

 
 

$

464,768

 

 
 


 


NOTE 7.

SECURITIES SOLD UNDER REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

 

 

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements, which are secured borrowings, generally mature within one to four days from the transaction date.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transactions.  The Company may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  The Company monitors the fair value of the underlying securities on a daily basis.  Securities sold under repurchase agreements at December 31, 2002 and 2001 were $8,204,000 and $3,792,000, respectively.

 

 

NOTE 8.

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

 

 

The Company has established a retirement plan for eligible employees.  The ABC Bancorp 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan allows a participant to defer a portion of his compensation and provides that the Company will match a portion of the deferred compensation.  The plan also provides for nonelective and discretionary contributions.  All full-time and part-time employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan provided they have met the eligibility requirements.  Generally, a participant must have completed twelve months of employment with a minimum of 1,000 hours. 

 

 

 

In 2002, the Company terminated the ABC Bancorp Money Purchase Pension Plan.  All fully funded employee benefits under the plan were transferred to the 401(k) profit sharing plan.

 

 

 

Aggregate expense under the two plans charged to operations during 2002, 2001 and 2000 amounted to $877,000, $655,000 and $949,000, respectively.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 9.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

 

 

The Company and two subsidiary banks have entered into separate deferred compensation arrangements with certain executive officers and directors.  The plans call for certain amounts payable at retirement, death or disability.  The estimated present value of the deferred compensation is being accrued over the remaining expected term of active employment.  The Company and Banks have purchased life insurance policies which they intend to use to finance this liability.  Cash surrender value of life insurance of $1,038,000 and $965,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001 is included in other assets.  Accrued deferred compensation of $1,012,000  and $919,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001 is included in other liabilities.  Aggregate compensation expense under the plans were $93,000, $74,000 and $43,000 for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively, and is included in other operating expenses.

 

 

NOTE 10.

OTHER BORROWINGS

 

 

 

Other borrowings consist of the following:


 
 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 
 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Advances under revolving credit agreement with SunTrust Bank with interest at LIBOR plus 1.15% (2.57% at December 31, 2002) due on May 31, 2003; secured by subsidiary bank stock.
 

$

100

 

$

100

 

Advances from SunTrust Bank with 28 quarterly principal payments of $366,000 at sixty-day LIBOR rate plus .9% (2.28% at December 31, 2002), maturing July 23, 2008.
 

 

8,044

 

 

9,507

 

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank with interest at adjustable rates (ranging from 1.42% to 4.88% at December 31, 2002) due at various dates from April 2, 2003 to September 8, 2009.
 

 

26,000

 

 

27,000

 

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank with interest at a fixed rate (ranging from 6.72% to 7.23%) due in annual installments at various dates from  September 8, 2003 through November 1, 2006.
 

 

152

 

 

498

 

Advances from Federal Home Loan Bank with interest at a fixed rate (ranging from 3.66% to 6.41%) convertible to a variable rate at option of Federal Home Loan Bank, due at various dates from March 17, 2003 through August 6, 2012.
 

 

82,994

 

 

58,188

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

117,290

 

$

95,293

 

 
 


 



 


 

The advances from Federal Home Loan Bank are collateralized by the pledging of first mortgage loans and other specific loans. 

 

 

 

Other borrowings at December 31, 2002 have maturities in future years as follows:

 

 
 

(Dollars in
Thousands)

 
 


 

2003
 

$

4,649

 

2004
 

 

2,484

 

2005
 

 

16,485

 

2006
 

 

1,484

 

2007
 

 

1,463

 

Later years
 

 

90,725

 

 
 


 

 
 

$

117,290

 

 
 


 

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11.

INCOME TAXES

 

 

 

The income tax expense in the consolidated statements of income consists of the following:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 


 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

5,142

 

$

5,418

 

$

4,977

 

Deferred

 

 

(65

)

 

(726

)

 

(634

)

 

 



 



 



 

 

 

$

5,077

 

$

4,692

 

$

4,343

 

 

 



 



 



 


 

The Company’s income tax expense differs from the amounts computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rates to income before income taxes.  A reconciliation of the differences is as follows:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Tax at federal income tax rate
 

$

5,247

 

$

4,871

 

$

4,910

 

 
Increase (decrease) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Tax-exempt interest

 

 

(224

)

 

(476

)

 

(497

)

 
Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

33

 

 

274

 

 

162

 

 
Other

 

 

21

 

 

23

 

 

(232

)

 
 

 



 



 



 

Provision for income taxes
 

$

5,077

 

$

4,692

 

$

4,343

 

 
 


 



 



 


 

Net deferred income tax assets of $3,632,000 and $3,877,000 at December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, are included in other assets.  The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:


 
 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 
 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Loan loss reserves

 

$

4,942

 

$

4,945

 

 
Deferred compensation

 

 

344

 

 

313

 

 
Unearned compensation related to restricted stock

 

 

295

 

 

401

 

 
Nonaccrual interest

 

 

235

 

 

429

 

 
Net operating loss tax carryforward

 

 

115

 

 

140

 

 
Other

 

 

121

 

 

75

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

 

6,052

 

 

6,303

 

 
 


 



 

Deferred tax liabilities:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Deprecation and amortization

 

 

242

 

 

233

 

 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

 

843

 

 

533

 

 
Intangible assets

 

 

1,335

 

 

1,660

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

 

2,420

 

 

2,426

 

 
 


 



 

Net deferred tax assets
 

$

3,632

 

$

3,877

 

 
 


 



 

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

 

 

 

In 2001, the Company formed a wholly-owned grantor trust to issue cumulative trust preferred securities to the public.  The grantor trust has invested the proceeds of the trust preferred securities in junior subordinated debentures of the Company.  The trust preferred securities can be redeemed prior to maturity at the option of the Company on or after September 30, 2006.  The sole assets of the guarantor trust are the Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures of the Company (the Debentures) held by the grantor trust.  The Debentures have the same interest rate (9%) as the trust preferred securities.  The Company has the right to defer interest payments on the Debentures at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the related Debentures.  During any such extension period, distributions on the trust preferred certificates would also be deferred.

 

 

 

The trust preferred securities are subject to mandatory redemption upon repayment of the related Debentures at their stated maturity date or their earlier redemption at a redemption price equal to their stated maturity date or their earlier redemption at a redemption price equal to their liquidation amount plus accrued distributions to the date fixed for the redemption upon concurrent repayment of the related Debentures.    The trust preferred securities may be redeemed in whole or part at any time on or after September 30, 2006.

 

 

 

Payment of periodic cash distributions and payment upon liquidation or redemption with respect to the trust preferred securities are guaranteed by the Company to the extent of funds held by the grantor trust (the Preferred Securities Guarantee).  The Preferred  Securities Guarantee, when taken together with the Company’s other obligations under the Debentures, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee, on a subordinated basis, by the Company of payments due on the trust preferred securities.

 

 

 

The Company is required by the Federal Reserve Board to maintain certain levels of capital for bank regulatory purposes.  The Federal Reserve Board has determined that certain cumulative preferred securities having the characteristics of trust preferred securities qualify as minority interest, which is included in Tier 1 capital for bank and financial holding companies.  In calculating the amount of Tier l qualifying capital, the trust preferred securities can only be included up to the amount constituting 25% of total Tier 1 capital elements (including trust preferred securities).  Such Tier 1 capital treatment provides the Company with a more cost-effective means of obtaining capital for bank regulatory purposes than if the Company were to issue preferred stock.

 

 

 

The trust preferred securities and the related Debentures were issued on November 8, 2001.  Both financial instruments bear an identical annual rate of interest of 9%.  Distributions on the trust preferred securities are paid quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year.  Interest on the Debentures is paid on the corresponding dates.  The aggregate principal amount of trust preferred certificates outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $34,500,000.  The aggregate principal amount of Debentures outstanding at December 31, 2002 and 2001 was $35,567,000.

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13.

STOCK OPTION PLANS

 

 

 

The Company has two fixed stock option plans under which it has granted options to its Chief Executive Officer to purchase common stock at the fair market price on the date of grant.  All of the options are intended to be incentive stock options qualifying under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code for favorable tax treatment.  Under the 1992 Plan, options to purchase 10,000 shares were granted.  All of these options were exercised during 2002.  Under the 1997 Plan, options to purchase 67,500 shares were granted.  Options under the 1997 Plan are fully vested and are exercisable over a period of ten years subject to certain limitations as to aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date of the grant) of all options exercisable for the first time by the optionee during any calendar year (the “$100,000 Per-Year Limitation”).  Under the 1997 Plan, options to purchase 51,450 shares were exercisable as of December 31, 2002.

 

 

 

At the annual meeting on April 15, 1997, the shareholders approved the ABC Bancorp Omnibus Stock Ownership and Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”).  Awards granted under the Omnibus Plan may be in the form of Qualified or Nonqualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARS”), Long-Term Incentive Compensation Units consisting of a combination of cash and Common Stock, or any combination thereof within the limitations set forth in the Omnibus Plan.  The Omnibus Plan provides that the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock which may be subject to award may not exceed 637,500 subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent  dilution.  As of  December 31, 2002, the Company has issued a total of 186,796 restricted shares under the Omnibus Plan as compensation for certain employees.  These shares carry dividend and voting rights.  Sale of these shares is restricted prior to the date of vesting, which is three years from the date of the grant.  Shares issued under this plan were recorded at their fair market value on the date of their grant with a corresponding charge to equity.  The unearned portion is being amortized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the related vesting period.  Compensation expense related to these grants was $444,000, $602,000 and $387,000 for 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.  In addition to the granting of restricted shares, options to purchase 246,488 shares of the Company’s common stock have been granted under the Omnibus Plan as of December 31, 2002.

 

 

 

Other pertinent information related to the options is as follows:


 
 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 
 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 

 


 


 

 

 

Number

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 



 

Under option, beginning of the year
 

 

285,943

 

$

10.95

 

 

239,553

 

$

11.00

 

 

159,151

 

$

11.40

 

 
Granted

 

 

81,950

 

 

14.42

 

 

71,550

 

 

10.60

 

 

86,000

 

 

10.30

 

 
Exercised

 

 

(18,589

)

 

7.17

 

 

(1,232

)

 

10.09

 

 

—  

 

 

—  

 

 
Forfeited

 

 

(35,316

)

 

12.06

 

 

(23,928

)

 

10.47

 

 

(5,598

)

 

11.79

 

 
 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Under option, end of year
 

 

313,988

 

 

11.95

 

 

285,943

 

 

10.95

 

 

239,553

 

 

11.00

 

 
 


 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Exercisable at end of year
 

 

130,352

 

 

 

 

 

99,625

 

 

 

 

 

65,781

 

 

 

 

 
 


 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

Weighted-average fair value per option of options granted during year
 

 

 

 

$

2.96

 

 

 

 

$

1.84

 

 

 

 

$

1.78

 

 
 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 



 

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 13.

STOCK OPTION PLANS (Continued)

 

 

 

Information pertaining to options outstanding at December 31, 2002 is as follows:


 
 

 

Options Outstanding

 

Options Exercisable

 

 
 

 


 


 

Range of
Exercise
Prices
 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted-
Average
Contractual
Life in Years

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 
 


 



 



 



 



 

$
11.33

 

 

67,500

 

 

4.3

 

 

11.33

 

 

51,450

 

 

11.33

 

 
15.94

 

 

23,994

 

 

5.0

 

 

15.94

 

 

19,195

 

 

15.94

 

 
14.17

 

 

6,000

 

 

5.3

 

 

14.17

 

 

4,800

 

 

14.17

 

 
10.39

 

 

600

 

 

6.1

 

 

10.39

 

 

360

 

 

10.39

 

 
9.90

 

 

23,994

 

 

6.1

 

 

9.90

 

 

14,397

 

 

9.90

 

 
10.11

 

 

6,000

 

 

6.3

 

 

10.11

 

 

3,600

 

 

10.11

 

 
10.83

 

 

2,400

 

 

6.9

 

 

10.83

 

 

1,440

 

 

10.83

 

 
10.38

 

 

57,000

 

 

7.1

 

 

10.38

 

 

22,800

 

 

10.38

 

 
9.94

 

 

3,000

 

 

7.5

 

 

9.94

 

 

1,200

 

 

9.94

 

 
10.50

 

 

45,550

 

 

8.1

 

 

10.50

 

 

9,110

 

 

10.50

 

 
11.20

 

 

10,000

 

 

8.5

 

 

11.20

 

 

2,000

 

 

11.20

 

 
13.25

 

 

8,000

 

 

9.2

 

 

13.25

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 
14.55

 

 

59,950

 

 

9.7

 

 

14.55

 

 

—  

 

 

 

 

 
 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 
 

 

 

313,988

 

 

6.95

 

 

11.95

 

 

130,352

 

 

11.67

 

 
 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 


 

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:


 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

Dividend yield
 

 

3.60

%

 

3.60

%

 

4.57

%

Expected life
 

 

7 years

 

 

10 years

 

 

10 years

 

Expected volatility
 

 

22.80

%

 

15.04

%

 

17.34

%

Risk-free interest rate
 

 

4.60

%

 

5.05

%

 

5.76

%

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14.

EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

 

 

Presented below is a summary of the components used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

 
 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 
 


 



 



 

Net income
 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

 
 


 



 



 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding
 

 

9,859

 

 

9,214

 

 

8,460

 

Effect of dilutive options
 

 

50

 

 

36

 

 

5

 

 
 


 



 



 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate dilutive earnings per share
 

 

9,909

 

 

9,250

 

 

8,465

 

 
 


 



 



 

 

NOTE 15.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

 

 

 

Loan Commitments

 

 

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets.

 

 

 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.  A summary of the Company’s commitments is as follows:


 
 

December 31,

 

 
 

 

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 
 


 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Commitments to extend credit
 

$

89,540

 

$

114,631

 

Credit card commitments
 

 

—  

 

 

13,775

 

Standby letters of credit
 

 

5,315

 

 

3,405

 

 
 


 



 

 
 

$

94,855

 

$

131,811

 

 
 


 



 


 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract.  Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

 

 

 

There are no credit card commitments at December 31, 2002 because the Company sold its credit card portfolio during the year.  The Company is obligated to repurchase credit card accounts that did meet certain criteria as of the preliminary closing date.  As of December 31, 2002, the Company has accrued this potential liability based on the past average loss experience.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 15.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES (Continued)

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party.  Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  Collateral is required in instances which the Company deems necessary.

 

 

 

Contingencies

 

 

 

In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings.  In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

 

 

NOTE 16.

CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT

 

 

 

The Banks make agricultural, agribusiness, commercial, residential and consumer loans to customers primarily in counties in South and Southeast Georgia, North Florida and Southeast Alabama.  A substantial portion of the Company’s customers’ abilities to honor their contracts is dependent on the business economy in the geographical area served by the Banks.

 

 

 

Although the Company’s loan portfolio is diversified, there is a relationship in this region between the agricultural economy and the economic performance of loans made to nonagricultural customers.  The Company’s lending policies for agricultural and nonagricultural customers require loans to be well-collateralized and supported by cash flows.  Collateral for agricultural loans include equipment, crops, livestock and land.  Credit losses from loans related to the agricultural economy is taken into consideration by management in determining the allowance for loan losses.

 

 

 

A substantial portion of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate in the Company’s primary market area.  In addition, a substantial portion of the real estate owned is located in those same markets.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of real estate owned are susceptible to changes in market conditions in the Company’s primary market area.

 

 

 

The Company has a concentration of funds on deposit at its two primary correspondent banks at December 31, 2002 as follows:


Noninterest-bearing accounts
 

$

28,848

 

 
 


 

Interest-bearing accounts
 

$

76,337

 

 
 


 

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17.

REGULATORY MATTERS

 

 

 

The Banks are subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that may be declared without prior regulatory approval.  At December 31, 2002, approximately $10,400,000 of retained earnings were available for dividend declaration without regulatory approval.

 

 

 

The Company and the Banks are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.  Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Banks must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.  Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.  Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.

 

 

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Banks to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets, as defined and of Tier I capital to average assets, as defined.  Management believes, as of December 31, 2002 and 2001, the Company and the Banks met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2002, the most recent notification from the regulatory authorities categorized the Banks as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.  To be categorized as well capitalized, the Banks must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table.  There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Banks’ category.

 

 

 

The Banks’ actual capital amounts and ratios are presented in the following table.


 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 
 

 


 


 

As of December 31, 2002

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 


 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Consolidated

 

$

127,577

 

 

14.87

%

$

68,649

 

 

8.00

%

 

- - -N/A - - -

 

 
American Banking Company

 

$

17,374

 

 

13.63

%

$

10,200

 

 

8.00

%

$

12,750

 

 

10.00

%

 
Heritage Community Bank

 

$

8,210

 

 

12.30

%

$

5,342

 

 

8.00

%

$

6,678

 

 

10.00

%

 
Bank of Thomas County

 

$

4,813

 

 

11.67

%

$

3,299

 

 

8.00

%

$

4,124

 

 

10.00

%

 
Citizens Security Bank

 

$

14,937

 

 

11.95

%

$

10,002

 

 

8.00

%

$

12,502

 

 

10.00

%

 
Cairo Banking Company

 

$

7,236

 

 

13.85

%

$

4,181

 

 

8.00

%

$

5,226

 

 

10.00

%

 
Southland Bank

 

$

19,782

 

 

14.13

%

$

11,198

 

 

8.00

%

$

13,998

 

 

10.00

%

 
Central Bank and Trust

 

$

5,721

 

 

13.04

%

$

3,509

 

 

8.00

%

$

4,386

 

 

10.00

%

 
First National Bank of South Georgia

 

$

6,772

 

 

11.21

%

$

4,833

 

 

8.00

%

$

6,041

 

 

10.00

%

 
Merchants and Farmers Bank

 

$

8,266

 

 

14.40

%

$

4,591

 

 

8.00

%

$

5,739

 

 

10.00

%

 
Tri-County Bank

 

$

6,589

 

 

16.20

%

$

3,254

 

 

8.00

%

$

4,067

 

 

10.00

%

 
First Bank of Brunswick

 

$

14,342

 

 

12.15

%

$

9,443

 

 

8.00

%

$

11,804

 

 

10.00

%

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17.

REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 
 

 


 


 

As of December 31, 2002
(Continued)

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 


 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Consolidated

 

$

109,733

 

 

12.79

%

$

34,325

 

 

4.00

%

 

- - -N/A - - -

 

 
American Banking Company

 

$

15,776

 

 

12.37

%

$

5,100

 

 

4.00

%

$

7,650

 

 

6.00

%

 
Heritage Community Bank

 

$

7,375

 

 

11.04

%

$

2,671

 

 

4.00

%

$

4,007

 

 

6.00

%

 
Bank of Thomas County

 

$

4,296

 

 

10.42

%

$

1,649

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,474

 

 

6.00

%

 
Citizens Security Bank

 

$

13,366

 

 

10.69

%

$

5,001

 

 

4.00

%

$

7,501

 

 

6.00

%

 
Cairo Banking Company

 

$

6,577

 

 

12.58

%

$

2,090

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,136

 

 

6.00

%

 
Southland Bank

 

$

18,019

 

 

12.87

%

$

5,599

 

 

4.00

%

$

8,399

 

 

6.00

%

 
Central Bank and Trust

 

$

5,169

 

 

11.79

%

$

1,754

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,631

 

 

6.00

%

 
First National Bank of South Georgia

 

$

6,015

 

 

9.96

%

$

2,416

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,625

 

 

6.00

%

 
Merchants and Farmers Bank

 

$

7,543

 

 

13.14

%

$

2,295

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,443

 

 

6.00

%

 
Tri-County Bank

 

$

6,104

 

 

15.01

%

$

1,627

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,440

 

 

6.00

%

 
First Bank of Brunswick

 

$

12,861

 

 

10.90

%

$

4,722

 

 

4.00

%

$

7,083

 

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital to Average Assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Consolidated

 

$

109,733

 

 

9.49

%

$

46,252

 

 

4.00

%

- - - N/A - - -

 

 
American Banking Company

 

$

15,776

 

 

9.02

%

$

6,996

 

 

4.00

%

$

8,745

 

 

5.00

%

 
Heritage Community Bank

 

$

7,375

 

 

9.21

%

$

3,203

 

 

4.00

%

$

4,004

 

 

5.00

%

 
Bank of Thomas County

 

$

4,296

 

 

8.37

%

$

2,053

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,566

 

 

5.00

%

 
Citizens Security Bank

 

$

13,366

 

 

8.01

%

$

6,675

 

 

4.00

%

$

8,343

 

 

5.00

%

 
Cairo Banking Company

 

$

6,577

 

 

8.09

%

$

3,252

 

 

4.00

%

$

4,065

 

 

5.00

%

 
Southland Bank

 

$

18,019

 

 

6.83

%

$

10,553

 

 

4.00

%

$

13,191

 

 

5.00

%

 
Central Bank and Trust

 

$

5,169

 

 

8.44

%

$

2,450

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,062

 

 

5.00

%

 
First National Bank of South Georgia

 

$

6,015

 

 

8.04

%

$

2,993

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,741

 

 

5.00

%

 
Merchants and Farmers Bank

 

$

7,543

 

 

8.11

%

$

3,720

 

 

4.00

%

$

4,650

 

 

5.00

%

 
Tri-County Bank

 

$

6,104

 

 

9.19

%

$

2,657

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,321

 

 

5.00

%

 
First Bank of Brunswick

 

$

12,861

 

 

9.29

%

$

5,538

 

 

4.00

%

$

6,922

 

 

5.00

%

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17.

REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)


 

 

Actual

 

For Capital
Adequacy
Purposes

 

To Be Well
Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions

 

 
 

 


 


 

As of December 31, 2001

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 


 


 



 



 



 



 



 

 
 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Total Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Consolidated

 

$

122,372

 

 

15.02

%

$

65,266

 

 

8.00

%

 

- - -N/A - - -

 

 
American Banking Company

 

$

14,311

 

 

11.19

%

$

10,228

 

 

8.00

%

$

12,785

 

 

10.00

%

 
Heritage Community Bank

 

$

6,496

 

 

12.28

%

$

4,230

 

 

8.00

%

$

5,288

 

 

10.00

%

 
Bank of Thomas County

 

$

3,937

 

 

10.99

%

$

2,865

 

 

8.00

%

$

3,582

 

 

10.00

%

 
Citizens Security Bank

 

$

13,269

 

 

11.94

%

$

8,888

 

 

8.00

%

$

11,110

 

 

10.00

%

 
Cairo Banking Company

 

$

7,247

 

 

14.80

%

$

3,917

 

 

8.00

%

$

4,897

 

 

10.00

%

 
Southland Bank

 

$

19,199

 

 

13.33

%

$

11,522

 

 

8.00

%

$

14,403

 

 

10.00

%

 
Central Bank and Trust

 

$

5,806

 

 

12.02

%

$

3,865

 

 

8.00

%

$

4,831

 

 

10.00

%

 
First National Bank of South Georgia

 

$

6,659

 

 

10.97

%

$

4,858

 

 

8.00

%

$

6,072

 

 

10.00

%

 
Merchants and Farmers Bank

 

$

6,782

 

 

11.32

%

$

4,794

 

 

8.00

%

$

5,992

 

 

10.00

%

 
Tri-County Bank

 

$

5,599

 

 

15.52

%

$

2,886

 

 

8.00

%

$

3,607

 

 

10.00

%

 
First Bank of Brunswick

 

$

12,307

 

 

12.01

%

$

8,196

 

 

8.00

%

$

10,245

 

 

10.00

%

Tier I Capital to Risk Weighted Assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Consolidated

 

$

103,506

 

 

12.70

%

$

32,633

 

 

4.00

%

 

- - -N/A - - -

 

 
American Banking Company

 

$

12,710

 

 

9.94

%

$

5,114

 

 

4.00

%

$

7,671

 

 

6.00

%

 
Heritage Community Bank

 

$

5,834

 

 

11.03

%

$

2,115

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,173

 

 

6.00

%

 
Bank of Thomas County

 

$

3,487

 

 

9.74

%

$

1,433

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,149

 

 

6.00

%

 
Citizens Security Bank

 

$

11,876

 

 

10.69

%

$

4,444

 

 

4.00

%

$

6,666

 

 

6.00

%

 
Cairo Banking Company

 

$

6,627

 

 

13.53

%

$

1,959

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,938

 

 

6.00

%

 
Southland Bank

 

$

17,393

 

 

12.08

%

$

5,761

 

 

4.00

%

$

8,642

 

 

6.00

%

 
Central Bank and Trust

 

$

5,200

 

 

10.76

%

$

1,933

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,899

 

 

6.00

%

 
First National Bank of South Georgia

 

$

5,899

 

 

9.71

%

$

2,429

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,643

 

 

6.00

%

 
Merchants and Farmers Bank

 

$

6,017

 

 

10.04

%

$

2,397

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,595

 

 

6.00

%

 
Tri-County Bank

 

$

5,148

 

 

14.27

%

$

1,443

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,164

 

 

6.00

%

 
First Bank of Brunswick

 

$

11,010

 

 

10.75

%

$

4,098

 

 

4.00

%

$

6,147

 

 

6.00

%

Tier I Capital to Average Assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Consolidated

 

$

103,506

 

 

9.26

%

$

43,874

 

 

4.00

%

 

- - - N/A - - -

 

 
American Banking Company

 

$

12,710

 

 

7.18

%

$

7,067

 

 

4.00

%

$

8,834

 

 

5.00

%

 
Heritage Community Bank

 

$

5,834

 

 

8.48

%

$

2,753

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,442

 

 

5.00

%

 
Bank of Thomas County

 

$

3,487

 

 

7.53

%

$

1,852

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,314

 

 

5.00

%

 
Citizens Security Bank

 

$

11,876

 

 

8.03

%

$

5,989

 

 

4.00

%

$

7,486

 

 

5.00

%

 
Cairo Banking Company

 

$

6,627

 

 

8.44

%

$

3,129

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,912

 

 

5.00

%

 
Southland Bank

 

$

17,393

 

 

6.99

%

$

10,081

 

 

4.00

%

$

12,602

 

 

5.00

%

 
Central Bank and Trust

 

$

5,200

 

 

8.66

%

$

2,400

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,999

 

 

5.00

%

 
First National Bank of South Georgia

 

$

5,899

 

 

7.88

%

$

2,991

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,738

 

 

5.00

%

 
Merchants and Farmers Bank

 

$

6,017

 

 

11.09

%

$

2,344

 

 

4.00

%

$

2,931

 

 

5.00

%

 
Tri-County Bank

 

$

5,148

 

 

8.42

%

$

2,557

 

 

4.00

%

$

3,196

 

 

5.00

%

 
First Bank of Brunswick

 

$

11,010

 

 

7.56

%

$

6,300

 

 

4.00

%

$

7,875

 

 

5.00

%

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

 

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the current amount that would be exchanged between willing parties, other than in a forced liquidation.  Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices.  However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments.  In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.  SFAS 107 excludes certain financial instruments and all nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company.

 

 

 

The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in estimating fair value disclosures for financial instruments.

 

 

 

Cash, Due From Banks, Interest-Bearing Deposits in Banks and Federal Funds Sold:   The carrying amounts of cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits in banks and federal funds sold approximate fair values.

 

 

 

Securities:   Fair values for securities are based on available quoted market prices.  The carrying values of equity securities and restricted stock with no readily determinable fair value approximate fair values.

 

 

 

Loans:   For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  For other loans, the fair values are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers with similar credit quality.  Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable.

 

 

 

Deposits:   The carrying amounts of demand deposits, savings deposits, and variable-rate certificates of deposit approximate their fair values.  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

 

 

 

Federal Funds Purchased, Repurchase Agreements and Other Borrowings:   The fair values of the Company’s fixed rate other borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow models based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.  The carrying amounts of all other variable rate borrowings, federal funds purchased, and securities sold under repurchase agreements approximate their fair values.

 

 

 

Trust Preferred Securities:   The fair value of the Company’s fixed rate trust preferred securities are based on available quoted market prices.

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

 

 

Accrued Interest :  The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate their fair values.

 

 

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Instruments :  Fair values of the Company’s off-balance-sheet financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements.  Since the majority of the Company’s off-balance-sheet instruments consist of nonfee producing, variable-rate commitments, the Company has determined they do not have a distinguishable fair value.

 

 

 

The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows:


 

 

December 31, 2002

 

December 31, 2001

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Financial assets:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash and short-term investments

 

$

123,077

 

$

123,077

 

$

157,475

 

$

157,475

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Federal funds sold

 

$

—  

 

$

—  

 

$

44

 

$

44

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Investments in securities

 

$

178,303

 

$

178,303

 

$

152,134

 

$

152,134

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Restricted stock

 

$

5,778

 

$

5,778

 

$

4,701

 

$

4,701

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Loans

 

$

833,447

 

$

837,057

 

$

805,076

 

$

819,616

 

 
Allowance for loan losses

 

 

14,868

 

 

—  

 

 

14,944

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Loans, net

 

$

818,579

 

$

837,057

 

$

790,132

 

$

819,616

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Accrued interest receivable

 

$

9,647

 

$

9,647

 

$

10,767

 

$

10,767

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2002

 

December 31, 2001

 

 

 


 


 

 

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

Carrying
Amount

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 


 


 


 


 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

Financial liabilities:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Deposits

 

$

916,185

 

$

919,406

 

$

931,156

 

$

935,729

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

$

8,204

 

$

8,204

 

$

3,792

 

$

3,792

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Other borrowings

 

$

117,290

 

$

117,094

 

$

95,293

 

$

94,067

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Accrued interest payable

 

$

2,395

 

$

2,395

 

$

3,611

 

$

3,611

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

 
Trust preferred securities

 

$

34,500

 

$

37,088

 

$

34,500

 

$

37,088

 

 
 


 



 



 



 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ABC BANCORP

 

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2002 AND 2001
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 


 


 

Assets
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash

 

$

3,535

 

$

22,187

 

 
Interest bearing deposits in banks

 

 

14,933

 

 

3,557

 

 
Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

128,286

 

 

116,993

 

 
Other assets

 

 

6,232

 

 

8,026

 

 
 


 



 

 
Total assets

 

$

152,986

 

$

150,763

 

 
 


 



 

Liabilities
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Other borrowings

 

$

8,144

 

$

9,607

 

 
Other liabilities

 

 

2,858

 

 

2,508

 

 
Trust preferred securities

 

 

34,500

 

 

34,500

 

 
 


 



 

 
Total liabilities

 

 

45,502

 

 

46,615

 

 
 


 



 

Stockholders’ equity
 

 

107,484

 

 

104,148

 

 
 


 



 

 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

152,986

 

$

150,763

 

 
 


 



 

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ABC BANCORP

 

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (Continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 

 


 


 

Income
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Dividends from subsidiaries

 

$

4,220

 

$

7,386

 

$

7,645

 

 
Interest

 

 

334

 

 

212

 

 

52

 

 
Fee income

 

 

9,865

 

 

9,252

 

 

8,424

 

 
Other income

 

 

1,416

 

 

1,002

 

 

645

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Total income

 

 

15,835

 

 

17,852

 

 

16,766

 

 
 


 



 



 

Expense
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Interest

 

 

3,650

 

 

955

 

 

174

 

 
Amortization and depreciation

 

 

1,129

 

 

1,599

 

 

935

 

 
Other expense

 

 

12,239

 

 

10,072

 

 

9,716

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Total expense

 

 

17,018

 

 

12,626

 

 

10,825

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Income (loss) before income tax benefits and equity in undistributed earnings

 

 

(1,183

)

 

5,226

 

 

5,941

 

Income tax benefits
 

 

1,860

 

 

590

 

 

621

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Income before equity in undistributed earnings

 

 

677

 

 

5,816

 

 

6,562

 

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries
 

 

9,678

 

 

3,817

 

 

3,536

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Net income

 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

 
 


 



 



 

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19.

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF ABC BANCORP

 

(PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (Continued)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002, 2001 AND 2000
(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

2002

 

2001

 

2000

 

 

 


 


 


 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Net income

 

$

10,355

 

$

9,633

 

$

10,098

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Depreciation and amortization

 

 

685

 

 

698

 

 

636

 

 
Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

—  

 

 

299

 

 

299

 

 
Amortization of compensation expense

 

 

444

 

 

602

 

 

387

 

 
Undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

 

 

(9,678

)

 

(3,817

)

 

(3,536

)

 
(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

 

 

(9

)

 

(2

)

 

2

 

 
Increase (decrease) in interest payable

 

 

(58

)

 

58

 

 

—  

 

 
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable

 

 

4

 

 

(552

)

 

91

 

 
Provision for deferred taxes

 

 

(27

)

 

(284

)

 

(203

)

 
(Increase) decrease in due from subsidiaries

 

 

301

 

 

(61

)

 

(117

)

 
Other operating activities

 

 

624

 

 

(729

)

 

302

 

 
 

 



 



 



 

 
Total adjustments

 

 

(7,714

)

 

(3,788

)

 

(2,139

)

 
 


 



 



 

 
Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

2,641

 

 

5,845

 

 

7,959

 

 
 


 



 



 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(Increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits in banks

 

 

(11,376

)

 

(3,557

)

 

1,200

 

 
Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(369

)

 

(111

)

 

(1,521

)

 
Contribution of capital to subsidiary bank

 

 

—  

 

 

(8,500

)

 

(400

)

 
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment

 

 

—  

 

 

422

 

 

979

 

 
Net cash paid for purchased subsidiaries

 

 

—  

 

 

(11,681

)

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

(11,745

)

 

(23,427

)

 

258

 

 
 


 



 



 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Repayment of other borrowings

 

 

(1,463

)

 

(7,131

)

 

(500

)

 
Purchase of treasury shares

 

 

(3,469

)

 

—  

 

 

(4,162

)

 
Dividends paid

 

 

(4,749

)

 

(4,262

)

 

(3,745

)

 
Proceeds from other borrowings

 

 

—  

 

 

14,738

 

 

—  

 

 
Proceeds from issuance of trust preferred

 

 

—  

 

 

34,500

 

 

—  

 

 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

133

 

 

12

 

 

—  

 

 
 


 



 



 

 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

(9,548

)

 

37,857

 

 

(8,407

)

 
 


 



 



 

Net increase (decrease) in cash
 

 

(18,652

)

 

20,275

 

 

(190

)

Cash at beginning of year
 

 

22,187

 

 

1,912

 

 

2,102

 

 
 


 



 



 

Cash at end of year
 

$

3,535

 

$

22,187

 

$

1,912

 

 
 


 



 



 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

3,388

 

$

853

 

$

174

 

F-33

Exhibit 3.9

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
TO THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
OF ABC BANCORP

          Pursuant to the provisions of Section 14-2-1006 of the Georgia Business Corporation Code, as amended (the “Code”), the undersigned, on behalf of ABC BANCORP , a Georgia corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby submits the following information:

          1.          The name of the Corporation is ABC Bancorp .

          2.          An amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation was recommended by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to its shareholders on March 20, 2001.

          3.          The following amendment to the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation was duly adopted by the shareholders of the Corporation, pursuant to Section 14-2-1003 of the Code and in accordance with Section 14-2-1006 of the Code, on May 15, 2001.

          4.          Effective as of the date hereof, the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation are hereby amended by deleting Article V thereof in its entirety and substituting the following Article V in lieu thereof:

“Article V.

 

The maximum amount of shares of stock that this corporation shall be authorized to issue shall be 35,000,000 shares which are to be divided into two classes as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

30,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share; and

 

 

 

 

 

5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.

 

 

 

 

 

The Common Stock may be created and issued from time to time in one or more series with voting rights for each series as determined by the Board of Directors of the corporation and set forth in the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of the stock in such series. The Preferred Stock may be created and issued from time to time in one or more series with such designations, preferences, limitations, conversion rights, cumulative, relative, participating, optional or other rights, including voting rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as determined by the Board of Directors of the corporation and set forth in the resolution or restrictions providing for the creation and issuance of the stock in such series.”

 

          5.          All other provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation shall remain in full force and effect. 


          6.          The effective time and date of these Articles of Amendment shall be upon the filing hereof.

           EXECUTED this 17 th day of May, 2001.

 

ABC B ANCORP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

 


 

 

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt,
Chief Executive Officer and President

 

 

 

ATTEST:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ C INDI H. L EWIS

 

 


 

 

Cindi H. Lewis,
Secretary

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.14

SEVERANCE PROTECTION AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

THIS SEVERANCE PROTECTION AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made as of April 13, 1998, by and between ABC BANCORP (the “Company”), a Georgia corporation, and EDWIN W. HORTMAN, JR. (the “Executive”), an individual resident of the State of Georgia.

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is essential and in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to retain the services of the Executive in the event of a threat or occurrence of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) and to ensure his continued dedication and efforts in such event without undue concern for his personal financial and employment security;

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company in the event of a threat or the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Executive to provide the Executive with certain benefits in the event his employment is terminated as a result of, or in connection with, a Change in Control and to provide the Executive with certain other benefits whether or not the Executive’s employment is terminated; and

WHEREAS , in consideration for the benefits provided to the Executive hereunder and as an inducement to the Company providing such benefits, the Executive agrees that it is reasonable and fair to enter into certain restrictive covenants as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the respective agreements of the parties contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

1.          Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall commence as of April 13, 1998 and shall continue in effect until April 13, 1999; provided , however , that commencing on April 13, 1999, and on each April 13 thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one (1) year unless either the Company or the Executive shall have given written notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior thereto that the term of this Agreement shall not be so extended; and provided , further , however , that notwithstanding any such notice by the Company not to extend, the term of this Agreement shall not expire prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the occurrence of a Change in Control.


 


2.          Definitions .

2.1.        Accrued Compensation . For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Compensation” shall mean an amount which shall include all amounts earned or accrued through the “Termination Date” (as hereinafter defined) but not paid as of the Termination Date, including, without limitation, (i) base salary, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company during the period ending on the Termination Date, (iii) vacation pay, and (iv) bonuses and incentive compensation (other than the “Pro Rata Bonus” (as hereinafter defined)).

2.2.        Base Amount . For purposes of this Agreement, “Base Amount” shall mean the greater of the Executive’s annual base salary (a) at the rate in effect on the Termination Date or (b) at the highest rate in effect at any time during the ninety (90) day period prior to the Change in Control, and shall include all amounts of his base salary that are deferred under the qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or any other agreement or arrangement.

2.3.        Bonus Amount . For purposes of this Agreement, “Bonus Amount” shall mean the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable to the Executive during the three (3) full fiscal years ended prior to the Termination Date or, if greater, the three full fiscal years ended prior to the Change in Control (or, in each case, such lesser period for which annual bonuses were paid or payable to the Executive).

2.4.        Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment is for “Cause” if the Executive has been convicted of a felony or a felony prosecution has been brought against the Executive or if the termination is evidenced by a resolution adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the Board that the Executive (a) intentionally and continually failed substantially to perform his reasonably assigned duties with the Company (other than a failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or from the Executive’s assignment of duties that would constitute “Good Reason” as hereinafter defined) which failure continued for a period of at least thirty (30) days after a written notice of demand for substantial performance has been delivered to the Executive specifying the manner in which the Executive has failed substantially to perform, or (b) intentionally engaged in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; provided , however , that (i) where the Executive has been terminated for Cause because a felony prosecution has been brought against him and no conviction or plea of guilty or plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent results therefrom, then said termination shall no longer be deemed to have been for Cause and the Executive shall be entitled to all the benefits provided by Section 3.1(b) hereof from and after the date on which the prosecution of the Executive has been dismissed or a judgement of acquittal has been entered, whichever shall first occur; and (ii) no termination of the Executive’s employment shall be for Cause as set forth in clause (b) above until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a written notice setting forth that the Executive was guilty of the conduct set forth in clause (b) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of the Executive’s counsel if the Executive so desires). No act, nor failure to act, on


2


the Executive’s part, shall be considered “intentional” unless the Executive has acted or failed to act, with a lack of good faith and with a lack of reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

2.5.        Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall have occurred if:

(a)         a majority of the directors of the Company shall be persons other than persons: (A) for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (B) who are then serving as directors appointed by the Board to fill vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly-created directorships;

(b)        a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company shall have been acquired or beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule thereto) by any person (other than the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or the Executive) or Group (as defined below), which Group does not include the Executive; or

(c)         there shall have occurred:

(A)        a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than (1) a merger or consolidation with a subsidiary of the Company or (2) a merger or consolidation in which (aa) the holders of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger as a class continue to hold immediately after the merger at least a majority of all outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation or its parent and (bb) all holders of each outstanding class or series of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation have the right to receive substantially the same cash, securities or other property in exchange for their voting stock of the Company as all other holders of such class or series);

(B)        a statutory exchange of shares of one or more classes or series of outstanding voting stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property;

(C)        the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions); or

(D)        the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

unless more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock (or the voting equity interest) of the surviving corporation or the corporation or


3


other entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in the case of a merger, consolidation or disposition of assets) or of the Company or its resulting parent corporation (in the case of a statutory share exchange) is beneficially owned by the Executive or a Group that includes the Executive.

2.6.        Group . For purposes of this Agreement, “Group” shall mean any two or more persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group acting in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of voting stock of the Company.

2.7.        Company . For purposes of this Agreement, “Company” shall mean ABC Bancorp and shall include each of its subsidiaries and its “Successors and Assigns” (as hereinafter defined).

2.8.        Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties with the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days and the Executive has not returned to his full time employment prior to the Termination Date as stated in the “Notice of Termination” (as hereinafter defined).

2.9.        Good Reason .

2.9.1.     For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean a good faith determination by the Executive, in the Executive’s sole and absolute judgment, that any one or more of the following events has occurred, without the Executive’s express written consent, after a Change in Control:

(a)         a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any removal of the Executive from, or any failure to re-elect the Executive to, any of such positions which has the effect of diminishing the Executive’s responsibility or authority;

(b)         a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control or as the same may be increased from time to time or a change in the eligibility requirements or performance criteria under any bonus, incentive or compensation plan, program or arrangement under which the Executive is covered immediately prior to the Change of Control which adversely affects the Executive;

(c)         the Company requires the Executive to be based anywhere other than within fifty (50) miles of the Executive’s job location at the time of the Change of Control, provided that if the Executive’s job location at such time is not within fifty (50) miles of the Company’s


4


principal executive offices, then the Company may thereafter require the Executive to be based within such fifty (50) mile radius without such event constituting Good Reason hereunder;

(d)         without replacement by a plan providing benefits to the Executive equal to or greater than those discontinued, the failure by the Company to continue in effect, within its maximum stated term, any pension, bonus, incentive, stock ownership, purchase, option, life insurance, health, accident disability, or any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement, in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change of Control, or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect the Executive’s participation or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any of such plans;

(e)         the taking of any action by the Company that would materially adversely affect the physical conditions existing at the time of the Change of Control in or under which the Executive performs his employment duties, provided that the Company may take action with respect to such conditions after a Change in Control so long as such conditions are at least commensurate with the conditions in or under which an officer of the Executive’s status would customarily perform his employment duties; or

(f)         a material change in the fundamental business philosophy, direction, and precepts of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole, as the same existed prior to the Change of Control.

2.9.2      Any event described in subsection 2.9.1 (a) through (f) which occurs prior to a Change in Control but which the Executive reasonably demonstrates (A) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention, or taken steps reasonably calculated, to effect a Change in Control or (B) otherwise arose in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control which actually occurs, shall constitute Good Reason for purposes hereof, notwithstanding that it occurred prior to a Change in Control.

2.9.3      The Executive’s right to terminate his employment pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

2.10.      Notice of Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice of termination from the Company, following a Change in Control, of the Executive’s employment which indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and which sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.


5


2.11.      Pro Rata Bonus . For purposes of this Agreement, “Pro Rata Bonus” shall mean an amount equal to the Bonus Amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year through the Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.

2.12.      Successors and Assigns .  For purposes of this Agreement, “Successors and Assigns” shall mean a corporation or other entity acquiring all of substantially all the assets and business of the Company (including this Agreement) whether by operation of law or otherwise.

2.13.      Termination Date .  For purposes of this Agreement, “Termination Date” shall mean in the case of the Executive’s death, his date of death, in the case of Good Reason, the last day of employment, and in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination; provided, however, that if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be at least thirty (30) days from the date the Notice of Termination is given to the Executive, provided that in the case of Disability the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties during such period of at least thirty (30) days.

3.          Termination of Employment .

3.1.        Severance Benefits . If, during the term of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation and benefits:

(a)         If the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated (i) by the Company for Cause or Disability, (ii) by reason of the Executive’s death, or (iii) by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Compensation and, if such termination is by the Company other than for Cause, a Pro Rata Bonus.

(b)        If the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated for any reason other than as specified in Section 3.1(a), the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

(i)          the Company shall pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation and a Pro-Rata Bonus;

(ii)         the Company shall pay the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to one times the sum of (A) the Base Amount and (B) the Bonus Amount;

(iii)       for a number of months equal to twelve (12) (the “Continuation Period”), the Company shall at its expense continue on behalf of the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries the life


6


insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits generally provided to the Company’s non-executive salaried employees at any time during the 90-day period prior to the Change in Control or at any time thereafter. The Company’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case the Company may reduce the coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder as long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This subsection (iii) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive or his dependents or beneficiaries may be entitled under any of the Company’s employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the Executive’s termination of employment, including, without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits;

(iv)        the Company shall pay an amount in cash equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Supplemental Retirement Benefit (as defined below) had (w) the Executive remained employed by the Company for an additional one (1) complete year of credited service, (x) his annual compensation during such period been equal to his Base Salary and the Bonus Amount, (y) the Company made employer contributions to each defined contribution plan, if any, in which the Executive was a participant at the Termination Date (in an amount equal to the amount of such contribution for the plan year immediately preceding the Termination Date) and (z) he been fully (100%) vested in his benefit under each retirement plan, if any, in which the Executive was a participant, over (B) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit, if any, the Executive is actually entitled to receive under such retirement plans. For purposes of this subsection (iv), the “Supplemental Retirement Benefit” shall mean the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit the Executive would have been entitled to receive under the Company’s supplemental and other retirement plans, if any; and

(v)         the restrictions on any outstanding incentive awards (including restricted stock and granted performance shares or units) under any incentive plan or arrangement shall lapse and such incentive award shall become 100% vested, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive shall become immediately exercisable and shall become 100% vested, and all performance units granted to the Executive shall become 100% vested, provided that to the extent that all or any part of any such incentive award or stock option or stock appreciation right or performance unit is not exercisable or does not vest within four (4) years from the Termination Date, then to that extent (but only to that extent)


7


there shall be no acceleration of vesting or lapse of restrictions under this Section 3.1(b)(v).

(c)         The amounts provided for in Sections 3.1(a) and 3.1(b)(i), (ii) and (iv) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal monthly payments (without interest) on the first day of each month commencing on the first day of the month immediately following Executive’s Termination Date.

(d)        The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to the Executive in any subsequent employment except as provided in Section 3.1(b)(iii).

3.2         Payments in Lieu of Other Severance Benefits . The severance pay and benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be in lieu of any other severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be entitled under any Company severance or termination plan, program, practice or arrangement.

3.3 .        Other Compensation and Benefits . The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefits shall be determined in accordance with the Company’s employee benefit plans and other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect.

4.          Notice of Termination . Following a Change in Control, any purported termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective without such Notice of Termination.


8


5.          Excess Parachute Payments .

5.1         Excise Tax . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the payments and benefits provided hereunder and benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, the Executive under any other plan or agreement of the Company (such payments or benefits are collectively referred to as the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or would be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be provided to the Executive shall be subject to the Excise Tax or shall be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the “Limited Payment Amount”). Unless the Executive shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate the Limited Payment Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given by the Executive pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing the Executive’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.

5.2         Excise Tax Determination . An initial determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced to the Limited Payment Amount pursuant to the Plan and the amount of such Limited Payment Amount shall be made by an accounting firm at the Company’s expense selected by the Company which is designated as one of the six largest accounting firms in the United States (the “Accounting Firm”). The Accounting Firm shall provide its determination (the “Determination”), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation to the Company and the Executive within thirty (30) days of the Termination Date, if applicable, and if the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive with respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish the Executive with an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Executive that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten (10) days of the delivery of the Determination to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to dispute the Determination (the “Dispute”). If there is no Dispute, the Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive upon the Company and the Executive subject to the application of Section 5.3 below.

5.3         Excess Payment . As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and 280G of the Code, it is possible that the Payments to be made to, or provided for the benefit of, the Executive either have been made or will not be made by the Company which, in either case, will be inconsistent with the limitations provided in Section 5.1 (hereinafter referred to as an “Excess Payment” or “Underpayment”, respectively). If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that an Excess Payment has been made, such Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to the Executive made on the date the Executive received the Excess Payment and the Executive shall repay the Excess Payment to the


9


Company on demand (but not less than ten (10) days after written notice is received by the Executive), together with interest on the Excess Payment at the “Applicable Federal Rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the Executive’s receipt of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment. In the event that it is determined by (i) the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return) or the IRS, (ii) pursuant to a determination by a court, or (iii) upon the resolution to the Executive’s satisfaction of the Dispute, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal to the Underpayment to the Executive within ten (10) days of such determination or resolution, together with interest on such amount at the Applicable Federal Rate from the date such amount would have been paid to the Executive until the date of payment.

6.          One Million Dollar Deduction Limit .

6.1         Section 162(m) . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the Payments would be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Payments to be made to the Executive in any taxable year of the Company shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be provided to the Executive in such taxable year of the Company shall be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The amount by which any Payment is reduced pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, together with interest thereon at the Applicable Federal Rate, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive on or before the fifth business day of the immediately succeeding taxable year of the Company, subject to the application of the limitations of the immediately preceding sentence and Section 5 hereof. Unless the Executive shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate this Section 6, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments in any one taxable year of the Company by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Section 162(m) Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given by the Executive pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing the Executive’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.

6.2         Section 162(m) . Determination. The determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof and the amount of the Payments to be made in each taxable year after the application of Sections 6.1 hereof shall be made by the Accounting Firm at the Company’s expense. The Accounting Firm shall provide its determination (the “Section 162(m) Determination”), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation to the Company and the Executive within thirty (30) days of the Termination Date. The Section 162(m) Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive upon the Company and the Executive.


10


7.          Restrictive Covenants .

7.1         Additional Consideration . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the Company separately bargained and paid additional consideration for the restrictive covenants herein; and (ii) the Company has provided certain benefits to the Executive hereunder in reliance on such covenants in view of the unique and essential nature of the services the Executive performs or will perform on behalf of the Company and the irreparable injury that would befall the Company should the Executive breach such covenants.

7.2         Uniqueness of Services . The Executive further acknowledges that his services are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and that his position with the Company places or will place him in a position of confidence and trust with employees of the Company and with the Company’s other constituencies and allows him or will allow him access to Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined).

7.3         Reasonableness of Restrictions . The Executive further acknowledges that the type and periods of restrictions imposed by the covenants in this Section 7 are fair and reasonable and that such restrictions will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood.

7.4         Business of Company . The Executive further acknowledges that (a) the Company, together with its subsidiaries, is engaged in the commercial banking business; (b) the Company conducts its business activity in and throughout the Area (as hereinafter defined); and (c) Competing Businesses (as hereinafter defined) are engaged in businesses like and similar to the business of the Company.

7.5         Covenants . Having acknowledged the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that he will not, directly or indirectly:

(a)         while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever (whether voluntarily or involuntarily), disclose or use or otherwise exploit for his own benefit, or the benefit of any other person, except as may be necessary in the performance of his duties hereunder, any Confidential Information disclosed to the Executive or of which the Executive became aware by reason of his employment with or ownership in the Company;

(b)         while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, solicit or divert or appropriate to any Competing Business, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service of or on behalf of any Competing Business, or attempt to solicit or divert or appropriate to any such Competing Business, within the Area, any person or entity who or which was a customer of the Company at any time during the last twelve (12) months of the Executive’s employment hereunder and with whom the Executive had contact during the term of his employment;


11


(c)         while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, employ or attempt to employ or assist anyone else in employing in any Competing Business in the Area any officer, managerial or executive employee of the Company (whether or not such employment is full time or is pursuant to a written contract with the Company); and

(d)         while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, engage in or render any services to, or be employed by, any Competing Business in the Area in the capacity of officer, managerial or executive employee, director, consultant or shareholder (other than as the owner of less than one (1%) percent of the shares of a publicly-owned corporation whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market); provided, however, that this subsection (iv) shall not prohibit or otherwise restrict the Executive from accepting employment with a bank holding company that has a banking subsidiary within the Area so long as the principal offices of such holding company are outside the Area and the Executive’s place of employment is also outside the Area.

7.6         Return of Documents . The Executive agrees that upon the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) he will not take with him or retain without written authorization, and he will promptly deliver to the Company, originals and all copies of all papers, files or other documents containing any Confidential Information and all other property belonging to the Company and in his possession or under his control.

7.7         Area . For purposes of this Section 7, the term (a) “Area” means a fifty (50) mile radius of the main office of the Company’s subsidiary located at Tifton, Georgia; (b) “Competing Business” means the commercial banking business; and (c) “Confidential Information” means any and all data and information relating to the business of the Company (whether or not constituting a trade secret) that is, has been or will be disclosed to the Executive or of which the Executive became or becomes aware as a consequence of or through his relationship with the Company and that has value to the Company and is not generally known by its competitors; provided , however , that no information will be deemed confidential unless it has been reduced to writing and marked clearly and conspicuously as confidential information, or it is otherwise treated by the Company as confidential. Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made without authorization by the Company), or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to the Company’s financial affairs, processes, services, customers, employees or employees’ compensation, accounting or marketing.


12


7.8         Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges that irreparable loss and injury would result to the Company upon the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7 and that damages arising out of such breach would be difficult to ascertain. The Executive hereby agrees that, in addition to all other remedies provided at law or at equity, the Company may petition and obtain from a court of law or equity both temporary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent a breach by the Executive of any covenant contained in this Section 7.

8.          Successors; Assignability .

8.1         Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its Successors and Assigns, and the Company shall require any Successors and Assigns to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal personal representative.

8.2         No Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by the Executive, his beneficiaries or legal representatives, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

9.          Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) incurred by the Executive as they become due as a result of (a) the Executive’s termination of employment (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination of employment), (b) the Executive seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Dispute) or by any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Company under which the Executive is or may be entitled to receive benefits, and (c) the Executive’s hearing before the Board as contemplated in Section 2.4 of this Agreement; provided , however , that the circumstances set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9 (other than as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment under circumstances described in Section 2.9.2) occurred on or after a Change in Control.

10.        Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement (including the Notice of Termination) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses last given by each party to the other, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company. All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery thereof or on the third business day after the mailing thereof, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11.        Non-exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or


13


program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policies, plans, programs or practices) and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the executive may have under any other agreements with the Company (except for any severance or termination agreement). Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

12.        Settlement of Claims . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against the Executive or others.

13.        Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

14.        Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

15.        Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the provisions hereof.

16.        Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, if any, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.


14


[SIGNATURES NEXT PAGE]


15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officers and has caused its proper corporate seal to be affixed hereto, and the Executive has executed, sealed and delivered this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

  

 

 

 

ABC BANCORP

 

 

 

 

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

 

 



 


By: 

/s/ K ENNETH J . H UNNICUTT

 

 

 


ATTEST:

 

 

KENNETH J. HUNNICUTT
PRESIDENT & CEO


   /s/ C INDI H . L EWIS

 

 

 


 

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ E DWIN W . H ORTMAN , J R .

(SEAL)

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

EDWIN W. HORTMAN, JR.

 


16


 

Exhibit 10.15

SEVERANCE PROTECTION AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

THIS SEVERANCE PROTECTION AND NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) made as of March 8, 1999, by and between ABC BANCORP (the “Company”), a Georgia corporation, and JON S. EDWARDS (the “Executive”), an individual resident of the State of Georgia.

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that it is essential and in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to retain the services of the Executive in the event of a threat or occurrence of a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined) and to ensure his continued dedication and efforts in such event without undue concern for his personal financial and employment security;

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Executive to remain in the employ of the Company in the event of a threat or the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company desires to enter into this Agreement with the Executive to provide the Executive with certain benefits in the event his employment is terminated as a result of, or in connection with, a Change in Control and to provide the Executive with certain other benefits whether or not the Executive’s employment is terminated; and

WHEREAS , in consideration for the benefits provided to the Executive hereunder and as an inducement to the Company providing such benefits, the Executive agrees that it is reasonable and fair to enter into certain restrictive covenants as hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the respective agreements of the parties contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

1.           Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall commence as of March 8, 1999 and shall continue in effect until March 8, 2000; provided , however , that commencing on March 8, 2000, and on each March 8 thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall automatically be extended for one (1) year unless either the Company or the Executive shall have given written notice to the other at least ninety (90) days prior thereto that the term of this Agreement shall not be so extended; and provided , further , however , that notwithstanding any such notice by the Company not to extend, the term of this Agreement shall not expire prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the occurrence of a Change in Control.


 


2.           Definitions .

2.1.        Accrued Compensation . For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Compensation” shall mean an amount which shall include all amounts earned or accrued through the “Termination Date” (as hereinafter defined) but not paid as of the Termination Date, including, without limitation, (i) base salary, (ii) reimbursement for reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by the Executive on behalf of the Company during the period ending on the Termination Date, (iii) vacation pay, and (iv) bonuses and incentive compensation (other than the “Pro Rata Bonus” (as hereinafter defined)).

2.2.        Base Amount . For purposes of this Agreement, “Base Amount” shall mean the greater of the Executive’s annual base salary (a) at the rate in effect on the Termination Date or (b) at the highest rate in effect at any time during the ninety (90) day period prior to the Change in Control, and shall include all amounts of his base salary that are deferred under the qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or any other agreement or arrangement.

2.3.        Bonus Amount . For purposes of this Agreement, “Bonus Amount” shall mean the average of the annual bonuses paid or payable to the Executive during the three (3) full fiscal years ended prior to the Termination Date or, if greater, the three full fiscal years ended prior to the Change in Control (or, in each case, such lesser period for which annual bonuses were paid or payable to the Executive).

2.4.        Cause . For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment is for “Cause” if the Executive has been convicted of a felony or a felony prosecution has been brought against the Executive or if the termination is evidenced by a resolution adopted in good faith by two-thirds of the Board that the Executive (a) intentionally and continually failed substantially to perform his reasonably assigned duties with the Company (other than a failure resulting from the Executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental illness or from the Executive’s assignment of duties that would constitute “Good Reason” as hereinafter defined) which failure continued for a period of at least thirty (30) days after a written notice of demand for substantial performance has been delivered to the Executive specifying the manner in which the Executive has failed substantially to perform, or (b) intentionally engaged in conduct which is demonstrably and materially injurious to the Company; provided , however , that (i) where the Executive has been terminated for Cause because a felony prosecution has been brought against him and no conviction or plea of guilty or plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent results therefrom, then said termination shall no longer be deemed to have been for Cause and the Executive shall be entitled to all the benefits provided by Section 3.1(b) hereof from and after the date on which the prosecution of the Executive has been dismissed or a judgement of acquittal has been entered, whichever shall first occur; and (ii) no termination of the Executive’s employment shall be for Cause as set forth in clause (b) above until (x) there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a written notice setting forth that the Executive was guilty of the conduct set forth in clause (b) and specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and (y) the Executive shall have been provided an opportunity to be heard in person by the Board (with the assistance of the Executive’s counsel if the Executive so desires). No act, nor failure to act, on


 


the Executive’s part, shall be considered “intentional” unless the Executive has acted or failed to act, with a lack of good faith and with a lack of reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or failure to act was in the best interest of the Company.

2.5.        Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall have occurred if:

(a)         a majority of the directors of the Company shall be persons other than persons: (A) for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board, or (B) who are then serving as directors appointed by the Board to fill vacancies on the Board caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly-created directorships;

(b)        a majority of the outstanding voting power of the Company shall have been acquired or beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule thereto) by any person (other than the Company, a subsidiary of the Company or the Executive) or Group (as defined below), which Group does not include the Executive; or

(c)         there shall have occurred:

(A)        a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation (other than (1) a merger or consolidation with a subsidiary of the Company or (2) a merger or consolidation in which (aa) the holders of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger as a class continue to hold immediately after the merger at least a majority of all outstanding voting power of the surviving or resulting corporation or its parent and (bb) all holders of each outstanding class or series of voting stock of the Company immediately prior to the merger or consolidation have the right to receive substantially the same cash, securities or other property in exchange for their voting stock of the Company as all other holders of such class or series);

(B)        a statutory exchange of shares of one or more classes or series of outstanding voting stock of the Company for cash, securities or other property;

(C)        the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions); or

(D)        the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

unless more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the voting stock (or the voting equity interest) of the surviving corporation or the corporation or


 


other entity acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in the case of a merger, consolidation or disposition of assets) or of the Company or its resulting parent corporation (in the case of a statutory share exchange) is beneficially owned by the Executive or a Group that includes the Executive.

2.6.        Group . For purposes of this Agreement, “Group” shall mean any two or more persons acting as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group acting in concert for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of voting stock of the Company.

2.7.        Company . For purposes of this Agreement, “Company” shall mean ABC Bancorp and shall include each of its subsidiaries and its “Successors and Assigns” (as hereinafter defined).

2.8.        Disability . For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a physical or mental infirmity which impairs the Executive’s ability to substantially perform his duties with the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) consecutive days and the Executive has not returned to his full time employment prior to the Termination Date as stated in the “Notice of Termination” (as hereinafter defined).

2.9.        Good Reason .

2.9.1.     For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean a good faith determination by the Executive, in the Executive’s sole and absolute judgment, that any one or more of the following events has occurred, without the Executive’s express written consent, after a Change in Control:

(a)         a change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities, titles or offices as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control, or any removal of the Executive from, or any failure to re-elect the Executive to, any of such positions which has the effect of diminishing the Executive’s responsibility or authority;

(b)         a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control or as the same may be increased from time to time or a change in the eligibility requirements or performance criteria under any bonus, incentive or compensation plan, program or arrangement under which the Executive is covered immediately prior to the Change of Control which adversely affects the Executive;

(c)         the Company requires the Executive to be based anywhere other than within fifty (50) miles of the Executive’s job location at the time of the Change of Control, provided that if the Executive’s job location at such time is not within fifty (50) miles of the Company’s


 


principal executive offices, then the Company may thereafter require the Executive to be based within such fifty (50) mile radius without such event constituting Good Reason hereunder;

(d)         without replacement by a plan providing benefits to the Executive equal to or greater than those discontinued, the failure by the Company to continue in effect, within its maximum stated term, any pension, bonus, incentive, stock ownership, purchase, option, life insurance, health, accident disability, or any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement, in which the Executive is participating at the time of the Change of Control, or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect the Executive’s participation or materially reduce the Executive’s benefits under any of such plans;

(e)         the taking of any action by the Company that would materially adversely affect the physical conditions existing at the time of the Change of Control in or under which the Executive performs his employment duties, provided that the Company may take action with respect to such conditions after a Change in Control so long as such conditions are at least commensurate with the conditions in or under which an officer of the Executive’s status would customarily perform his employment duties; or

(f)         a material change in the fundamental business philosophy, direction, and precepts of the Company and its subsidiaries, considered as a whole, as the same existed prior to the Change of Control.

2.9.2.     Any event described in subsection 2.9.1 (a) through (f) which occurs prior to a Change in Control but which the Executive reasonably demonstrates (A) was at the request of a third party who has indicated an intention, or taken steps reasonably calculated, to effect a Change in Control or (B) otherwise arose in connection with, or in anticipation of, a Change in Control which actually occurs, shall constitute Good Reason for purposes hereof, notwithstanding that it occurred prior to a Change in Control.

2.9.3.     The Executive’s right to terminate his employment pursuant to this Section 2.9 shall not be affected by his incapacity due to physical or mental illness.

2.10.      Notice of Termination . For purposes of this Agreement, “Notice of Termination” shall mean a written notice of termination from the Company, following a Change in Control, of the Executive’s employment which indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and which sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated.


 


2.11.      Pro Rata Bonus . For purposes of this Agreement, “Pro Rata Bonus” shall mean an amount equal to the Bonus Amount multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days in the fiscal year through the Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.

2.12.      Successors and Assigns . For purposes of this Agreement, “Successors and Assigns” shall mean a corporation or other entity acquiring all of substantially all the assets and business of the Company (including this Agreement) whether by operation of law or otherwise.

2.13.      Termination Date . For purposes of this Agreement, “Termination Date” shall mean in the case of the Executive’s death, his date of death, in the case of Good Reason, the last day of employment, and in all other cases, the date specified in the Notice of Termination; provided , however , that if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause or due to Disability, the date specified in the Notice of Termination shall be at least thirty (30) days from the date the Notice of Termination is given to the Executive, provided that in the case of Disability the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of his duties during such period of at least thirty (30) days.

3.           Termination of Employment .

3.1.        Severance Benefits . If, during the term of this Agreement, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated within twelve (12) months following a Change in Control, the Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation and benefits:

(a)         If the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated (i) by the Company for Cause or Disability, (ii) by reason of the Executive’s death, or (iii) by the Executive other than for Good Reason, the Company shall pay to the Executive the Accrued Compensation and, if such termination is by the Company other than for Cause, a Pro Rata Bonus.

(b)        If the Executive’s employment with the Company shall be terminated for any reason other than as specified in Section 3.1(a), the Executive shall be entitled to the following:

(i)          the Company shall pay the Executive all Accrued Compensation and a Pro-Rata Bonus;

(ii)        the Company shall pay the Executive as severance pay and in lieu of any further compensation for periods subsequent to the Termination Date an amount in cash equal to one times the sum of (A) the Base Amount and (B) the Bonus Amount;

(iii)       for a number of months equal to twelve (12) (the “Continuation Period”), the Company shall at its expense continue on behalf of the Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries the life


 


insurance, disability, medical, dental and hospitalization benefits generally provided to the Company’s non-executive salaried employees at any time during the 90-day period prior to the Change in Control or at any time thereafter. The Company’s obligation hereunder with respect to the foregoing benefits shall be limited to the extent that the Executive obtains any such benefits pursuant to a subsequent employer’s benefit plans, in which case the Company may reduce the coverage of any benefits it is required to provide the Executive hereunder as long as the aggregate coverages and benefits of the combined benefit plans is no less favorable to the Executive than the coverages and benefits required to be provided hereunder. This subsection (iii) shall not be interpreted so as to limit any benefits to which the Executive or his dependents or beneficiaries may be entitled under any of the Company’s employee benefit plans, programs or practices following the Executive’s termination of employment, including, without limitation, retiree medical and life insurance benefits;

(iv)        the Company shall pay an amount in cash equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the Supplemental Retirement Benefit (as defined below) had (w) the Executive remained employed by the Company for an additional one (1) complete year of credited service, (x) his annual compensation during such period been equal to his Base Salary and the Bonus Amount, (y) the Company made employer contributions to each defined contribution plan, if any, in which the Executive was a participant at the Termination Date (in an amount equal to the amount of such contribution for the plan year immediately preceding the Termination Date) and (z) he been fully (100%) vested in his benefit under each retirement plan, if any, in which the Executive was a participant, over (B) the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit, if any, the Executive is actually entitled to receive under such retirement plans. For purposes of this subsection (iv), the “Supplemental Retirement Benefit” shall mean the lump sum actuarial equivalent of the aggregate retirement benefit the Executive would have been entitled to receive under the Company’s supplemental and other retirement plans, if any; and

(v)         the restrictions on any outstanding incentive awards (including restricted stock and granted performance shares or units) under any incentive plan or arrangement shall lapse and such incentive award shall become 100% vested, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted to the Executive shall become immediately exercisable and shall become 100% vested, and all performance units granted to the Executive shall become 100% vested, provided that to the extent that all or any part of any such incentive award or stock option or stock appreciation right or performance unit is not exercisable or does not vest within four (4) years from the Termination Date, then to that extent (but only to that extent)


 


there shall be no acceleration of vesting or lapse of restrictions under this Section 3.1(b)(v).

(c)         The amounts provided for in Sections 3.1(a) and 3.1(b)(i), (ii) and (iv) shall be paid in twelve (12) equal monthly payments (without interest) on the first day of each month commencing on the first day of the month immediately following Executive’s Termination Date.

(d)        The Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise and no such payment shall be offset or reduced by the amount of any compensation or benefits provided to the Executive in any subsequent employment except as provided in Section 3.1(b)(iii).

3.2.        Payments in Lieu of Other Severance Benefits . The severance pay and benefits provided for in this Section 3 shall be in lieu of any other severance or termination pay to which the Executive may be entitled under any Company severance or termination plan, program, practice or arrangement.

3.3.        Other Compensation and Benefits . The Executive’s entitlement to any other compensation or benefits shall be determined in accordance with the Company’s employee benefit plans and other applicable programs, policies and practices then in effect.

4.           Notice of Termination . Following a Change in Control, any purported termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the Executive. For purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective without such Notice of Termination.


 


5.           Excess Parachute Payments .

5.1.        Excise Tax . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the payments and benefits provided hereunder and benefits provided to, or for the benefit of, the Executive under any other plan or agreement of the Company (such payments or benefits are collectively referred to as the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or would be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, the Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be provided to the Executive shall be subject to the Excise Tax or shall be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 280G of the Code (such reduced amount is hereinafter referred to as the “Limited Payment Amount”). Unless the Executive shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate the Limited Payment Amount, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments, by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given by the Executive pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing the Executive’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.

5.2.        Excise Tax Determination . An initial determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced to the Limited Payment Amount pursuant to the Plan and the amount of such Limited Payment Amount shall be made by an accounting firm at the Company’s expense selected by the Company which is designated as one of the six largest accounting firms in the United States (the “Accounting Firm”). The Accounting Firm shall provide its determination (the “Determination”), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation to the Company and the Executive within thirty (30) days of the Termination Date, if applicable, and if the Accounting Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable by the Executive with respect to a Payment or Payments, it shall furnish the Executive with an opinion reasonably acceptable to the Executive that no Excise Tax will be imposed with respect to any such Payment or Payments. Within ten (10) days of the delivery of the Determination to the Executive, the Executive shall have the right to dispute the Determination (the “Dispute”). If there is no Dispute, the Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive upon the Company and the Executive subject to the application of Section 5.3 below.

5.3.        Excess Payment . As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Sections 4999 and 280G of the Code, it is possible that the Payments to be made to, or provided for the benefit of, the Executive either have been made or will not be made by the Company which, in either case, will be inconsistent with the limitations provided in Section 5.1 (hereinafter referred to as an “Excess Payment” or “Underpayment”, respectively). If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) proceeding which has been finally and conclusively resolved, that an Excess Payment has been made, such Excess Payment shall be deemed for all purposes to be a loan to the Executive made on the date the Executive received the Excess Payment and the Executive shall repay the Excess Payment to the


 


Company on demand (but not less than ten (10) days after written notice is received by the Executive), together with interest on the Excess Payment at the “Applicable Federal Rate” (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code) from the date of the Executive’s receipt of such Excess Payment until the date of such repayment. In the event that it is determined by (i) the Accounting Firm, the Company (which shall include the position taken by the Company, or together with its consolidated group, on its federal income tax return) or the IRS, (ii) pursuant to a determination by a court, or (iii) upon the resolution to the Executive’s satisfaction of the Dispute, that an Underpayment has occurred, the Company shall pay an amount equal to the Underpayment to the Executive within ten (10) days of such determination or resolution, together with interest on such amount at the Applicable Federal Rate from the date such amount would have been paid to the Executive until the date of payment.

6.           One Million Dollar Deduction Limit .

6.1.        Section 162(m) . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if any portion of the Payments would be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, the Payments to be made to the Executive in any taxable year of the Company shall be reduced (but not below zero) if and to the extent necessary so that no portion of any Payment to be made or benefit to be provided to the Executive in such taxable year of the Company shall be nondeductible by the Company pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code. The amount by which any Payment is reduced pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, together with interest thereon at the Applicable Federal Rate, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive on or before the fifth business day of the immediately succeeding taxable year of the Company, subject to the application of the limitations of the immediately preceding sentence and Section 5 hereof. Unless the Executive shall have given prior written notice specifying a different order to the Company to effectuate this Section 6, the Company shall reduce or eliminate the Payments in any one taxable year of the Company by first reducing or eliminating those payments or benefits which are not payable in cash and then by reducing or eliminating cash payments, in each case in reverse order beginning with payments or benefits which are to be paid the farthest in time from the Section 162(m) Determination (as hereinafter defined). Any notice given by the Executive pursuant to the preceding sentence shall take precedence over the provisions of any other plan, arrangement or agreement governing the Executive’s rights and entitlements to any benefits or compensation.

6.2.        Section 162(m) Determination . The determination as to whether the Payments shall be reduced pursuant to Section 6.1 hereof and the amount of the Payments to be made in each taxable year after the application of Sections 6.1 hereof shall be made by the Accounting Firm at the Company’s expense. The Accounting Firm shall provide its determination (the “Section 162(m) Determination”), together with detailed supporting calculations and documentation to the Company and the Executive within thirty (30) days of the Termination Date. The Section 162(m) Determination shall be binding, final and conclusive upon the Company and the Executive.


 


7.           Restrictive Covenants .

7.1.        Additional Consideration . The Executive acknowledges that (i) the Company separately bargained and paid additional consideration for the restrictive covenants herein; and (ii) the Company has provided certain benefits to the Executive hereunder in reliance on such covenants in view of the unique and essential nature of the services the Executive performs or will perform on behalf of the Company and the irreparable injury that would befall the Company should the Executive breach such covenants.

7.2.        Uniqueness of Services . The Executive further acknowledges that his services are of a special, unique and extraordinary character and that his position with the Company places or will place him in a position of confidence and trust with employees of the Company and with the Company’s other constituencies and allows him or will allow him access to Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined).

7.3.        Reasonableness of Restrictions . The Executive further acknowledges that the type and periods of restrictions imposed by the covenants in this Section 7 are fair and reasonable and that such restrictions will not prevent the Executive from earning a livelihood.

7.4.        Business of Company . The Executive further acknowledges that (a) the Company, together with its subsidiaries, is engaged in the commercial banking business; (b) the Company conducts its business activity in and throughout the Area (as hereinafter defined); and (c) Competing Businesses (as hereinafter defined) are engaged in businesses like and similar to the business of the Company.

7.5.        Covenants . Having acknowledged the foregoing, the Executive covenants and agrees with the Company that he will not, directly or indirectly:

(a)         while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever (whether voluntarily or involuntarily), disclose or use or otherwise exploit for his own benefit, or the benefit of any other person, except as may be necessary in the performance of his duties hereunder, any Confidential Information disclosed to the Executive or of which the Executive became aware by reason of his employment with or ownership in the Company;

(b)        while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, solicit or divert or appropriate to any Competing Business, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service of or on behalf of any Competing Business, or attempt to solicit or divert or appropriate to any such Competing Business, within the Area, any person or entity who or which was a customer of the Company at any time during the last twelve (12) months of the Executive’s employment hereunder and with whom the Executive had contact during the term of his employment;


 


(c)         while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, employ or attempt to employ or assist anyone else in employing in any Competing Business in the Area any officer, managerial or executive employee of the Company (whether or not such employment is full time or is pursuant to a written contract with the Company); and

(d)        while he is in the Company’s employ and through the period ending one (1) year after the termination of his employment for Cause or Disability, engage in or render any services to, or be employed by, any Competing Business in the Area in the capacity of officer, managerial or executive employee, director, consultant or shareholder (other than as the owner of less than one (1%) percent of the shares of a publicly-owned corporation whose shares are traded on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market); provided, however, that this subsection (iv) shall not prohibit or otherwise restrict the Executive from accepting employment with a bank holding company that has a banking subsidiary within the Area so long as the principal offices of such holding company are outside the Area and the Executive’s place of employment is also outside the Area.

7.6.        Return of Documents . The Executive agrees that upon the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) he will not take with him or retain without written authorization, and he will promptly deliver to the Company, originals and all copies of all papers, files or other documents containing any Confidential Information and all other property belonging to the Company and in his possession or under his control.

7.7.        Area . For purposes of this Section 7, the term (a) “Area” means a fifty (50) mile radius of the Company’s main office or the main office of any of its subsidiaries; (b) “Competing Business” means the commercial banking business; and (c) “Confidential Information” means any and all data and information relating to the business of the Company (whether or not constituting a trade secret) that is, has been or will be disclosed to the Executive or of which the Executive became or becomes aware as a consequence of or through his relationship with the Company and that has value to the Company and is not generally known by its competitors; provided , however , that no information will be deemed confidential unless it has been reduced to writing and marked clearly and conspicuously as confidential information, or it is otherwise treated by the Company as confidential. Confidential Information shall not include any data or information that has been voluntarily disclosed to the public by the Company (except where such public disclosure has been made without authorization by the Company), or that has been independently developed and disclosed by others, or that otherwise enters the public domain through lawful means. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, information relating to the Company’s financial affairs, processes, services, customers, employees or employees’ compensation, accounting or marketing.


 


7.8.        Injunctive Relief . The Executive acknowledges that irreparable loss and injury would result to the Company upon the breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 7 and that damages arising out of such breach would be difficult to ascertain. The Executive hereby agrees that, in addition to all other remedies provided at law or at equity, the Company may petition and obtain from a court of law or equity both temporary and permanent injunctive relief to prevent a breach by the Executive of any covenant contained in this Section 7.

8.           Successors; Assignability .

8.1.        Binding Agreement . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its Successors and Assigns, and the Company shall require any Successors and Assigns to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal personal representative.

8.2.        No Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by the Executive, his beneficiaries or legal representatives, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

9.           Fees and Expenses . The Company shall pay all legal fees and related expenses (including the costs of experts, evidence and counsel) incurred by the Executive as they become due as a result of (a) the Executive’s termination of employment (including all such fees and expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination of employment), (b) the Executive seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement (including, without limitation, any such fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Dispute) or by any other plan or arrangement maintained by the Company under which the Executive is or may be entitled to receive benefits, and (c) the Executive’s hearing before the Board as contemplated in Section 2.4 of this Agreement; provided , however , that the circumstances set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9 (other than as a result of the Executive’s termination of employment under circumstances described in Section 2.9.2) occurred on or after a Change in Control.

10.         Notice . For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in the Agreement (including the Notice of Termination) shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses last given by each party to the other, provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secretary of the Company. All notices and communications shall be deemed to have been received on the date of delivery thereof or on the third business day after the mailing thereof, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

11.         Non-exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or


 


program provided by the Company (except for any severance or termination policies, plans, programs or practices) and for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything herein limit or reduce such rights as the executive may have under any other agreements with the Company (except for any severance or termination agreement). Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the Company shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement.

12.         Settlement of Claims . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which the Company may have against the Executive or others.

13.         Miscellaneous . No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior or subsequent time. No agreement or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.

14.         Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia without giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

15.         Severability . The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the provisions hereof.

16.         Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements, if any, understandings and arrangements, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.


 


[SIGNATURES NEXT PAGE]


 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officers and has caused its proper corporate seal to be affixed hereto, and the Executive has executed, sealed and delivered this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

  

 

 

        ABC BANCORP

[CORPORATE SEAL]

 

 



 

By: 


/s/ K ENNETH J . H UNNICUTT

 

 

 


ATTEST:

 

 

KENNETH J. HUNNICUTT
PRESIDENT & CEO

/s/ C INDI H . L EWIS

 

 

 


 

 

 

Assistant Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J ON S . E DWARDS

 

 

 


 

 

 

JON S. EDWARDS

 

 

 

 

 


 


 

Exhibit 10.16

ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT

between

SOUTHLAND BANK

and

MBNA AMERICA BANK, N.A.

DECEMBER 19, 2002


ASSET  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT

          THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 19 th day of December, 2002, by and between MBNA AMERICA BANK, N.A., a national banking association located at 1100 N. King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19884 (“Purchaser”) and SOUTHLAND BANK, an Alabama state bank located at 3299 Ross Clark Circle, NW, Dothan, Alabama 36303 (“Seller”).

WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS, Seller presently owns certain open-end, unsecured credit card accounts, contract rights and receivables, together with certain related personal property; and

          WHEREAS, Seller desires to sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to purchase from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to certain of those credit card accounts, contract rights, receivables and related personal property, and agrees to assume certain liabilities of Seller, upon the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

          WHEREAS, Seller has agreed to service these credit card accounts on behalf of Purchaser during the Interim Servicing Period (as hereinafter defined);

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, representations and warranties hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, both the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.  DEFINITIONS

          In addition to the other capitalized terms specifically defined herein, for the purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall mean the following:

           “Account” means all of Seller’s MasterCard and VISA (whether standard, classic, gold or platinum) credit card accounts which were present on the tapes used for Purchaser’s change in terms notices, the settlement tape, the embossing tape and the conversion tapes and transmissions provided by Seller to Purchaser, except for any account, whether or not the Seller has knowledge, which (or upon which) as of the Cut-off Time: (a) an Obligor has filed or has had filed against such Obligor within the past 5 years prior to the Cut-off Time, proceedings in bankruptcy, trusteeship, or receivership (whether or not the Seller has received notice of such filing); (b) Seller has received notice that the Obligor intends to file for bankruptcy; (c) an Obligor is participating in any consumer credit counseling program; (d) an Obligor is 3 or more cycles delinquent as such cycles are set forth on Exhibit 1A or should have been in said delinquency cycles in accordance with Seller’s Policies and Procedures; (e) fraud or unauthorized use has occurred; (f) the primary address of the Obligor is not in the United States or the Obligor is under the age of eighteen (18); (g) has a lost or stolen Card; (h) is secured by any collateral whatsoever; (i) is charged-off; (j) is a Guaranteed Account; (k) is a Business Account (1) that has any authorized users and/or permits a person (other than the Obligor) to have credit access to the Business Account, or (2) in which the Obligor is a business entity and

1


said business entity has not executed Purchaser’s Bearer Card Agreement; (l) is not in the name of a living individual and no other individual is contractually obligated for the payment thereof; (m) is closed or terminated with a balance equal to or less than $0.00; (n) is the subject of a legal proceeding; (o) whose repayment schedule has been altered to a payment amount that is less than the one required by the Card Agreement or is subject to a reduced interest rate (excluding promotional or introductory rates) as a result of collection efforts or a workout; (p) is not governed by the terms of a Card Agreement included in Exhibit 3.1E; (q) has a credit line of less than $500.00 and was generated from a preapproved marketing campaign; (r) has been securitized; (s) is a Cost Center Card; (t) has an annual percentage rate on any balance that can not be changed by Purchaser because of any Requirements of Law, the Card Agreements or any marketing material; (u) has an open date that is after the Cut-off Time; or (v) is a test credit card account opened and maintained by Seller with respect to the MasterCard or VISA system for verification or other internal purposes.

           “Agreement” means this Asset Purchase Agreement, together with all schedules, exhibits, supplements and documents that are attached hereto or incorporated herein by reference.

           “Assets” means the assets of the Business to be acquired by Purchaser as set forth in Section 2.2(A) hereof.

           “Audited Closing Payment” means the payment set forth on the last line of the Audited Closing Statement reflecting the difference between the Preliminary Purchase Price and the Closing Purchase Price.

           “Benefits Agreements” means all agreements with third parties or affiliates of Seller who provide benefits and services in connection with the Accounts, including, without limitation, VISA, MasterCard, any provider of credit insurance, travel accident insurance or credit card registration services.  It shall not include services offered by a third party or an affiliate of Seller through a separate agreement with a Cardholder.

          “Best of … knowledge” , as used with respect to a Person or its employees and representatives, means the actual knowledge and awareness of such Person as of the date of this Agreement.

           “Books and Records ” means all books, records, manuals, documents, materials and other information related to the conduct of the Business and necessary for the ongoing operations of the Business, in paper, electronic or other form in which they are maintained by Seller, and with respect to each Account, the Card Application, the Card Agreement, monthly billing statements, any correspondence from or to the Cardholder(s), and any and all other documents or other materials specifically relating to such Account.

          “Business” means the following: (a) with respect to Seller, the business conducted by Seller of issuing, servicing, maintaining, promoting and owning credit card accounts; and (b) with respect to Purchaser, the business to be conducted with the use of the Assets by Purchaser of issuing, servicing, maintaining, promoting and owning the Accounts.

2


          “Business Account” means a credit card account for which the Obligor is a sole proprietorship or a business entity other than Seller, an Account that is established on Seller’s Card Processor’s system as a business credit card account or an Account that is used predominantly for business purposes by the Obligor and such use is known, or should be known, by Seller. 

          “Card” means an open-end, unsecured credit card issued by Seller to a Cardholder pursuant to a Card Agreement.

           “Card Agreement” means the written agreement between Seller and Cardholder, as amended, which sets forth the terms and conditions for a credit card account and pursuant to which a Card is issued.

           “Card Application” means the signed original or conformed copy ( e.g. ,microfilm/microfiche) application, or in the case where any application was made by telephone, the telesales representative’s documentation, whereby a Person applied for a Card.

           “Card Marks” means the trade names, service marks, trademarks, logos, designs, images, visual representations, and tradedress used by Seller in connection with the Assets.

           “Cardholder” means any Obligor who has been issued a Card.

          “Cardholder List” means the names, addresses and, if available, phone numbers of all Cardholders.

           “Closing” means the execution (as necessary) and delivery of all documents, certificates, resolutions, opinions, assignments, property and funds as contemplated by this Agreement.

           “Closing Audit” means the audit of the Closing Statement, conducted pursuant to Section 2.3(D) hereof.

           “Closing Date” means December 20, 2002,  or such other date as the parties may mutually agree.

           “Closing Payment” means the payment set forth on the last line of the Closing Statement reflecting the difference between the Preliminary Purchase Price and the Closing Purchase Price.

          “Closing Purchase Price” means the total purchase price to be paid for the Assets as adjusted and as set forth in the Closing Statement or Audited Closing Statement, as defined in Section 2.3(D)(iii) of this Agreement.

           “Closing Statement” means a statement, in the form set forth in Exhibit 2.3C, attached hereto, which sets forth the calculation of the Closing Payment.

           “Conversion Date” means the date on which the processing of the Accounts is transferred from Seller’s Card Processor to Purchaser’s Card Processor.

3


           “Cost Center Card” means an Account for which Seller or any affiliate of the Seller is the Obligor.

           “Cut-off Time” means 11:59:59 p.m., EST, on December 13, 2002, by which time all file maintenance and Account servicing shall have been performed by Seller in accordance with past custom and practice.

           “Employee Accounts” means a consumer credit card account that was generated from Seller’s employee credit card applications.

          “Enhancements” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

           “File” means, with respect to each Account, all information, comments, documents and any correspondence from or to such Account’s Cardholder(s), including, without limitation, the Card Application, Card Agreement, statement fiche and billing dispute documents.

           “Guaranteed Account” means a credit card account that has any Person contractually liable as a guarantor on such account.

           “Interchange Fees” means the fees paid in connection with the exchange of Card transactions between VISA and MasterCard members pursuant to VISA’s and MasterCard’s operating rules and regulations.

           “Interim Closing Payment” means the payment representing any undisputed amounts comprising the difference between the Preliminary Purchase Price shown on the Preliminary Closing Statement and the Closing Purchase Price shown on the Closing Statement.

          “Interim Servicing Agreement” means the interim servicing agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and between Seller and Purchaser and providing for the servicing of the Accounts by Seller during the Interim Servicing Period, attached hereto as Exhibit 1 .

          “Interim Servicing Period” means the period beginning as of the Closing Date and continuing until the Conversion Date.

           “Joint Marketing Agreement” means that agreement entered into as of the Closing Date by and between Seller and Purchaser pursuant to which Purchaser markets and issues credit cards for Seller to Seller’scustomers.

           “Liens” means any and all debts, liens, options, security interests, rights of first refusal, claims, encumbrances or any other liabilities, interests, restrictions of every nature, kind and description whatsoever.

           “MasterCard”  means MasterCard International, Inc.

           “Obligor”  means, and shall only include with respect to any Account, any Person obligated to make payments with respect to such Account, including any guarantor thereof.

           “Par Account” means an Account that is closed with a balance greater than $0.00.

4


           “Payments”  means the Preliminary Purchase Price, the Closing Payment, any Interim Closing Payment, and any Audited Closing Payment.

           “Person”  means any legal person, including, without limitation, any natural person, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, business trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or any other entity of every nature, kind and description whatsoever.

           “Preliminary Purchase Price” means the payment initially paid for the sale of all of the Assets based on the Preliminary Closing Statement, as set forth on the last line of the Preliminary Closing Statement.

           “Preliminary Closing Statement” means a statement, in a form substantially similar in all material respects to the form set forth in Exhibit 2.3B attached hereto, setting forth the calculation of the Preliminary Purchase Price.

           “Purchaser’s Card Processor”  means MBNA Technology, Inc.

           “Receivable” means any amount owing by an Obligor under any Account, including, without limitation, any amounts owing for the payment of goods and services, cash advances, cash advance fees, access check fees, annual membership fees, billed interest, billed finance charges, billed late charges and any other billed fee, expense or charge of every nature, kind and description whatsoever, less any amount owed by Seller to the Obligor as a credit balance.

           “Reject Account #1” means any Account that timely rejects Purchaser’s first change in terms notice described in Section 4.2 which contains the notice changing the state law that governs the Cardholder’s applicable Card Agreement to Delaware as well as the amendment portion of the Card Agreement.

          “Reject Account #2” means any Account that timely rejects Purchaser’s second change in terms notice described in Section 4.2 which contains the notice changing the Cardholder’s entire Card Agreement to Purchaser’s credit card agreement.

           “Requirements of Law” with respect to any Person, means any certificate of incorporation, articles of association, by-laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, ordinance, statute, treaty, rule, judgment, regulation or other determination or finding of any arbitrator or governmental authority applicable to or binding upon such Person or to which such Person is subject, whether federal, state, county, local or otherwise (including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-In-Lending Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the FFIEC Uniform Retail Credit Classification and Account Management Policy, the USA Patriot Act, the National Bank Act and Regulations B, E, and Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System).

           “Restricted Period” means the five (5) year period immediately following the Cut-off Time.

           “Seller’s Card Processor” means TYSY.

5


           “Seller’s Policies and Procedures” means Seller’s policies and normal, day-to-day operating procedures and practice in compliance with such policies and Seller’s normal financial accounting guidelines for the conduct of the Business, all as existing as of the execution of this Agreement.

           “Tax” means any federal, state or local tax of the United States or of any state, including without limitation any income tax, franchise tax, real or personal property tax, employment tax, sales and use tax, vault tax and any interest and penalties thereon (including, without limitation, those levied on any failure to make appropriate withholdings), but not including any tax that is levied on this transaction or chargeable on this Agreement or any documents or instruments required to be executed hereunder or pursuant hereto.

           “Valuation Date” means a date mutually agreed upon by the parties which is no more than three (3) business days prior to the Closing Date.

           “VISA” means Visa U.S.A., Inc.

ARTICLE II.  Purchase of Assets; Assumption of Liabilities

2.1          Schedule of Accounts .     By December 30, 2002, Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser an Exhibit 2.1 reflecting all Accounts.  Exhibit 2.1 shall, with respect to each Account, contain the information set forth in Section 3.1(C).  Exhibit 2.1 shall be provided to Purchaser in an electronic or magnetic format, whichever is specified by Purchaser in writing.  When a complete Exhibit 2.1 is provided to Purchaser, such Exhibit 2.1 shall be deemed automatically attached hereto.

2.2          Purchase of Assets .

                (A)        On the Closing Date and subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Seller shall sell, assign, transfer and convey to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase and receive from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the following: (i) all Accounts; (ii) all Receivables; (iii) any and all rights to receive payment for accrued but not yet billed interest on the Accounts; (iv) any and all periodic statements, plastics, applications, and other supplies held in inventory by Seller which relate to the Accounts; (v) the pro-rata portion of any annual fee associated with the Accounts relating to any period following the Cut-off Time; (vi) all Cards; (vii) the Cardholder List; (viii) all Interchange Fees earned after the Cut-off Time; (ix) all of the Books and Records; and (x)any other rights or assets solely and directly relating to the foregoing (collectively, the “Assets”).

                (B)        All assets of Seller not specifically listed or included in Section 2.2(A) hereof shall remain the property of Seller.  Without limitation, Seller shall retain all right, title and interest in and to all of those MasterCard Card and VISA accounts which do not qualify as an Account.

2.3          Purchase Price .

                (A)        Computation. The total Preliminary Purchase Price shall consist of the sum of the following:

6


 

(i)

1.00 multiplied by the total amount of Receivables (other than Receivables from Par Accounts) as of the Valuation Date; plus

 

 

 

 

(ii)

a premium of eighteen percent (18%) of the amount calculated pursuant to Section 2.3(A)(i) above; plus

 

 

 

 

(iii)

1.00 multiplied by the total amount of Receivables from Par Accounts as of the Valuation Date; less

 

 

 

 

(iv)

the pro rata portion of any annual fee relating to any period following the Cut-off Time.

                (B)        Preliminary Closing Statement.  On the Closing Date, Seller shall prepare a Preliminary Closing Statement setting forth the calculation of the Preliminary Purchase Price.  The form of Preliminary Closing Statement is attached hereto as Exhibit 2.3B .  After being agreed to by the parties, the Preliminary Purchase Price shall be paid by Purchaser on the Closing Date by a wire transfer to an account that has been designated in writing by Seller at least three (3) business days prior to the Closing Date.

                 (C)        Closing Statement.  Approximately sixty (60) days after the Closing Date, Purchaser shall conduct and complete a post-Closing audit of the Accounts and Receivables (the “Post-Closing Audit”) and prepare a Closing Statement, the form of which is attached as Exhibit 2.3C .  The Closing Statement shall set forth the Closing Purchase Price and shall describe any adjustments to the Preliminary Purchase Price which reflect the difference between (i) the actual aggregate face value of the Receivables and Purchaser’s pro rata portion of any annual fee, all as determined by the Purchaser in the Post-Closing Audit, as of the Cut-off Time and (ii) the actual aggregate face value of the Receivables and Purchaser’s pro rata portion of any annual fee as of the Valuation Date, as reflected on the Books and Records of Seller’s Card Processor, and upon which the calculation of the Preliminary Purchase Price was based pursuant to Section 2.3(A) hereof.

                 (D)        Closing Audit.

                               (i)          Closing Payment.  If within fifteen (15) days after Seller’s receipt of the Closing Statement, Purchaser and Seller mutually agree on each line item in the Closing Statement, then: (a) if the Preliminary Purchase Price shown on the Preliminary Closing Statement is less than the Closing Purchase Price shown on the Closing Statement, Purchaser shall pay to Seller the Closing Payment, plus interest calculated at the federal funds rate from the Closing Date to the date the Closing Payment is made; or (b) if the Preliminary Purchase Price shown on the Preliminary Closing Statement is greater than the Closing Purchase Price shown on the Closing Statement, Seller shall pay to Purchaser the Closing Payment, plus interest calculated at the federal funds rate from the Closing Date to the date the Closing Payment is made.  The payment required under this paragraph shall be made no later than thirty (30) business days after Seller’s receipt of the Closing Statement.

                                (ii)        Interim Closing Payment.  If within fifteen (15) days after Seller’s receipt of the Closing Statement, Purchaser and Seller do not mutually agree upon the correct amounts

7


for all line items in the Closing Statement, then Seller shall, within said 15 day period, notify Purchaser in writing of all line items still in dispute.  Upon such notification to Purchaser that certain items remain in dispute, Seller shall pay to Purchaser, or Purchaser shall pay to Seller, (whichever the case may be) the Interim Closing Payment, plus interest calculated at the federal funds rate from the Closing Date to the date the Interim Closing Payment is made.

                                (iii)          Audited Closing Statement.  Within fifteen (15) days after Seller’s notice to Purchaser that some line items remain in dispute, Purchaser and Seller shall select a nationally recognized independent accounting firm which is one of the four largest such firms as of such date to audit the line items in dispute on the Closing Statement and any other items that must be reviewed to resolve the dispute, provided that such accounting firm may not be the accounting firm then employed by Seller or Purchaser.  The cost of such audit and the preparation of the Audited Closing Statement shall be shared equally between the Purchaser and the Seller.  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the “Audited Closing Statement” prepared by such accounting firm shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties for matters covered thereby and a judgment may be entered thereon.  The Audited Closing Statement shall be in a form substantially similar to the Closing Statement, except that it will reflect the payment of any Interim Closing Payment.

                                (iv)          Audited Closing Payment.  If an Audited Closing Statement is prepared, then: (a) if the Preliminary Purchase Price, adjusted if applicable by any Interim Closing Payment made, is less than the Closing Purchase Price shown on the Audited Closing Statement, Purchaser shall pay to Seller the Audited Closing Payment, plus interest calculated at the federal funds rate from the Closing Date to the date the Audited Closing Payment is made; or (b) if the Preliminary Purchase Price, adjusted if applicable by any Interim Closing Payment made, is greater than the Closing Purchase Price shown on the Audited Closing Statement, Seller shall pay to Purchaser the Audited Closing Payment, plus interest calculated at the federal funds rate from the Closing Date to the date the Audited Closing Payment is made.

                 (E)          Fee Prorations.  Any fees payable to MasterCard or VISA with respect to the Assets shall be prorated between the parties as follows: for Seller’s account through the Cut-off Time and for Purchaser’s account after the Cut-off Time.  To the extent possible, such prorations shall be made as soon as possible after the Closing Date in accordance with adjustment procedures set forth in Section 2.6(C).

2.4           Assumption of Liabilities. 

                (A)        Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in the Interim Servicing Agreement, on the Closing Date, Purchaser shall assume and, thereafter, discharge fully only the following liabilities of Seller to be performed after the Cut-off Time: (i) all of the obligations of Seller to the Cardholders under the Card Agreements (excluding obligations for Enhancements); (ii) any expenses related to the Accounts and the activity thereon after the Cut-off Time (excluding expenses for Enhancements); and (iii) subject to the prorations of fees set forth in Section 2.3 (E) hereof, all fees, normal operating assessments and other charges of VISA or MasterCard arising after the Cut-off Time, except for those charges: (a) arising from Seller’s violation on or before the Cut-off Time of any operating regulation of VISA or MasterCard; or (b) arising from or relating to any special assessments with respect to periods up to and including the Cut-off Time. Except as provided above, Purchaser shall not assume any liability,

8


commitment, or any other obligation of Seller, whether absolute, contingent, or otherwise known or unknown of any nature, kind or description whatsoever, arising from or related to the operation of the Seller’s Business prior to or after the Cut-off Time. For the avoidance of doubt, Seller expressly retains all liability arising out of or from the Enhancements.

                 (B)        Seller agrees that: (i) it shall be solely responsible for any draft retrievals, chargebacks, representments or incorrectly posted transactions that occur through the Cut-off Time and that relate to an Account that bears Seller’s BIN or ICA  (as defined in Section 5.2(D)) number; (ii) it shall be responsible for processing any draft retrievals, chargebacks, representments or incorrectly posted transactions through the Conversion Date and that relate to an Account that bears Seller’s BIN or ICA, all in accordance with the requirements of the Interim Servicing Agreement; and (iii) it will be responsible for all expenses related to the Accounts and activity thereon prior to the Cut-off Time.  Seller will be responsible for all expenses charged by Seller’s Card Processor for the Closing and for the conversion of the Accounts from Seller’s Card Processor to the Purchaser’s Card Processor, including, but not limited to, the cost of all electronic transmissions, back-up tapes and other Seller’s Card Processor pass through costs and expenses.  Seller will also be responsible for any fees or expenses assessed to Seller or Seller’s Card Processor in relation to this transaction by MasterCard or VISA.  Purchaser shall have no responsibility for any such Closing or conversion expenses or for any penalties, termination fees, or similar expenses payable because of the termination of Seller’s agreement with Seller’s Card Processor.

                (C)        Seller shall be liable for any Tax that relates to its operation of the Business on or prior to the Cut-off Time.  Purchaser shall be liable for any Tax that relates to its operation of the Business after the Cut-off Time.

2.5          Seller’s Repurchase of Certain Credit Card Accounts .  If within the earlier of September 30, 2003 or one hundred and eighty (180) days after the Conversion Date Purchaser and Seller determine that: (i) any Account or Receivable purchased should not have been deemed an “Account” or a “Receivable”, respectively, as of the Cut-off Time, (ii) any Account or Receivable purchased is not as represented by Seller to Purchaser as expressly set forth in this Agreement as of the Cut-off Time for reasons that existed on or before the Cut-off Time; or (iii) an Account becomes a Reject Account #1, then under any of these scenarios, Seller shall repurchase the applicable Account and/or the applicable Receivable from time to time as necessary.  In such event, Seller shall pay Purchaser, on demand, the amount of the Receivable as of the date of such repurchase by Seller, plus any applicable premium paid for such Receivable.  The parties each agree that they shall cooperate in producing a transfer document and any other related documents as the other may reasonably request under the circumstances.  The obligations of the parties under this Section 2.5 are not subject to the limitations contained in Article IX.

2.6           Post-Closing Adjustments .  Following the Closing, the parties shall, with each other’s reasonable cooperation and assistance, promptly make any adjustments to the Payments based on the following:

                (A)        Unposted Items.  Any items or transactions that affect any of the Payments, but that were unposted or unaccounted for on or before the Cut-off Time, including, without

9


limitation, cash letters for cash advance checks in process, payments in process, unidentified or unlocated items, or errors.

                 (B)        Changes in Receivable Calculation or Misclassification of an Account.  Misclassification of a credit card account as an “Account” or changes to the Receivables calculation based on the receipt or discovery of information by Purchaser or Seller prior to or after the Cut-off Time and any adjustments relating to: (i) a data error which occurred on or prior to the Cut-off Time; or (ii) an event, act or omission which resulted in the miscalculation of the Receivables as contemplated in this Agreement.

                 (C)        VISA/MasterCard Fee Prorations.  All fees, normal operating assessments and other charges imposed by VISA, or MasterCard, or any portion thereof, which are attributable to Seller’s activities on or prior to the Cut-off Time.

                 (D)        Payments Received before and after the Cut-off Time.  Seller shall be entitled to retain payments on Accounts from Cardholders received and posted to the Accounts by Seller prior to the Cut-off Time.  All payments received by Seller after the Cut-off Time related to the Accounts or received prior to the Cut-off Time but not posted to the Account as of the Cut-off Time shall belong to Purchaser and shall be handled in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or the Interim Servicing Agreement, whichever is applicable.

The obligations of the parties under this Section 2.6 are not subject to the limitations contained in Article IX

ARTICLE III.  Representations and Warranties

               3.1          Seller’s Representations and Warranties .  Seller hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser on the date hereof and through the Closing Date, as follows:

                (A)          Organization, Power and Regulatory Status.  Seller is a state bank duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Alabama.  Seller has all necessary power and authority to (i) own and use its property and to conduct its business related to the Accounts as now being conducted and possesses all licenses and permits, the failure of which to possess would have a material and adverse effect on the Assets or Seller’s Business (hereinafter referred to as a “Material Adverse Effect”), and (ii) enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement and the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

                 (B)          Authorization, Validity and Enforceability.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Seller have all been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of Seller’s charter or by-laws, any agreement to which Seller is a party or by which it or its assets are bound or any Requirements of Law. This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws or regulations that affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

10


                 (C)          Accounts.  Exhibit 2.1 is a report containing a true and complete list of all Accounts as of the Cut-off Time.  With respect to each Account, Exhibit 2.1 completely and accurately describes: (a) the Account or control number; (b) the Account balance; (c) the date of last payment; (d) the amount of the last payment; (e) the status code; (f) the annual percentage rates applicable to each balance within the Account; (g) the current delinquency of the Receivables, based on the applicable periods set forth in Exhibit 1A; and (h) such other information about the Accounts and any activity related thereto that is in a typical credit card processor “masterfile tape” or that is reasonably requested of Seller by Purchaser in writing prior to the date hereof.  No Account has a promotional or introductory annual percentage rate applicable to any balance within that Account, as of the Cut-off Time, that is lower than 10.00%.  No Account has a non-promotional or non-introductory annual percentage rate applicable to any balance within that Account, as of the Cut-off Time, that is lower than 10.00%.  Each Account has fulfilled any conditions set forth in the Card Agreement required to make such Account subject to the Card Agreement.  Each Account relates to the extension of credit and the advancement of monies on a revolving basis and would be considered a credit card account under Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  Each Account is not secured by any collateral whatsoever.  No Account has been securitized and any Account for which a UCC-1 filing was made by any Person has been released by a UCC-3 filing prior to the Cut-off Time.  Each Account is payable in United States dollars.  A copy of Seller’s Policies and Procedures, to the extent written, are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1C-1 .  At Closing, no credit card account purchased by Purchaser is improperly classified as an “Account”.  Each of the Accounts has been originated solely by Seller pursuant to its underwriting, creditworthiness and other similar practices, consistent with Seller’s Policies and Procedures.  Seller, at the time it originated each Account, was a federally insured financial institution.  All of the interest rates, fees, costs, expenses, penalties and all other charges of every nature, kind and description whatsoever charged to or levied by Seller against the Accounts in effect as of the Cut-off Time are set forth in Exhibit 3.1-E .

                 (D)          Receivables.  With respect to each and every Receivable: (a) such Receivable has arisen under an Account; (b) such Receivable has been originated in compliance with all Requirements of Law applicable to the Seller and pursuant to a Card Agreement; (c) such Receivable is not subject to offset, recoupment, adjustment or any other valid and cognizable claim or defense of an Obligor; and (d) each Receivable represents the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligors and is enforceable against such Obligors in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws or regulations that affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

                 (E)          Card Applications and Agreement.  Exhibit 3.1E attached hereto is a form of all of the Card Applications and all of the Card Agreements pursuant to which all Cardholders are issued a Card and are governed.  The terms of such Card Applications and Card Agreements have not been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any respect except by written instruments contained in the Books and Records.  Any amendments or changes in terms to the Card Agreements are included in Exhibit 3.1E.  All such Card Agreements and Accounts, including the Receivables, are freely assignable by Seller, do not require the approval or consent of any Cardholder or any other Person to effectuate the valid assignment of the same in favor of the Purchaser and are governed by federal law and the laws of the state of Georgia.  The terms and provisions of each Account and each Card Agreement can be changed by Purchaser if it follows the requirements of federal law and the laws of the state of Georgia regarding changing the terms

11


of a credit card account.  Each of the Card Agreements is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws or regulations, in effect now or in the future, that affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.  Seller is in full compliance with all the terms and conditions in the Card Agreement and has performed all of its duties thereunder; and, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, there exists or is threatened thereunder no default, breach or other event, which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default or breach thereunder.

                 (F)        Benefits Agreements and Enhancements.  Exhibit 3.1F , attached hereto, sets forth all of the Benefits Agreements (and benefits and enhancements supplied thereunder) and Enhancements maintained by Seller on the Accounts.  The terms of each Benefits Agreement have not been impaired, waived, altered or modified in any material respect except by written instruments contained in the Books and Records.  Each of the Benefits Agreements is legal, valid and binding and in full force and is enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws or regulations, in effect now or in the future, that affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.  Seller is in full compliance with all the material terms and conditions thereof; and, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, there exists or is threatened thereunder no default, breach or other event which with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default or breach thereunder.

                (G)        Servicing of Accounts.  Seller has received or given any and all consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of or registrations or declarations with any governmental authority of the United States or any state required to be obtained, effected or given by the Seller to originate, own and operate the Accounts.  All Accounts have been properly accounted for and all payments or monies received by Seller with respect to the payment of any Receivable have been properly applied.  Each Account has been properly originated, maintained and serviced in all respects solely by Seller or Seller’s Card Processor in accordance with the applicable Card Agreement, Seller’s Policies and Procedures, all Requirements of Law and in a manner consistent with, and not in violation of, any standard and customary practices utilized by prudent lenders engaged in the business of lending money through credit card accounts.

                (H)        Books and Records Complete.  The relevant Books and Records are true and complete in all material respects and all information relating to the credit, charges, fees, payment history, customer inquiries, regulatory correspondence and other relevant information which is known and available to Seller relating to the Accounts is contained in the relevant Books and Records.

                (I)        No Consent.  No consent of any Person and no license, permit or approval or authorization from, or exemption by notice or report, or registration, filing or declaration with, any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Seller is required (other than those previously obtained and delivered to Purchaser or those the failure of which to obtain or deliver would not have a Material Adverse Effect) in connection with the execution or delivery by Seller and the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, or the performance by Seller of its duties and obligations hereunder.

12


                (J)        Intellectual Property Rights.  In connection with the Assets, Seller utilizes no trade names, trademarks, service marks, logos and other intellectual property rights other than the Card Marks.  Other than the Card Marks that are owned by third parties, Seller is the sole and exclusive owner of all Card Marks and such Card Marks do not violate or infringe upon the intellectual or proprietary rights of any Person.  With respect to those Card Marks not owned by Seller, Seller represents and warrants that it has all necessary power and authority to use the same under a valid written license and that Seller is in full compliance with any such license.

                (K)        Claims, Litigation and Audits.  There are no administrative or court actions, suits or proceedings of any kind now pending, and, to the best of Seller’s knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened against Seller or its affiliates, that if adversely decided would have a Material Adverse Effect, impose liability on a subsequent owner of the Assets or would have an adverse effect on Seller’s ability to carry out the terms of this Agreement.  To the best of Seller’s knowledge, there are no outstanding judgments, orders, rules, regulations, official interpretations and guidelines of any arbitrator or governmental authority with jurisdiction over Seller or any of Seller’s affiliates which could have a Material Adverse Effect.  No audit, investigation, inspection or any other review or inquiry whatsoever of any governmental authority, and no accountant report, opinion, or other financial reporting and accounting material, concerning the Assets and conducted during, or covering, the two (2) calendar years immediately preceding the date of this Agreement has reported Seller’s violation of any Requirements of Law or any other issue or matter that would have a Material Adverse Effect or that would impose any liability on a subsequent owner of the Assets.

                (L)        Tax Returns and Liabilities.  Seller has properly and timely filed all federal, state, county, local and other tax information returns required by law to be filed on or prior to the Closing Date with respect to the Assets and its participation in the Accounts and has withheld, paid or accrued all amounts shown thereon to be due which are due prior to the Closing Date or accrue through such date.

                (M)        Operation In Accordance With Law.  Seller is, and on the Closing Date, will be in compliance with all Requirements of Law relating to the conduct of the Business.

                (N)        Absence of Change.  Between November 30, 2002 (the “Site Visit Date”) and the date hereof, Seller has not altered, modified or failed to comply with Seller’s Policies and Procedures applicable to any of the Accounts or related Receivables, including, without limitation, origination, underwriting, charge-off, delinquency grading, reaging, and collection procedures.

                (O)        Credit Insurance.  As of the Cut-off Time no Account is being solicited for credit life insurance.

                (P)        other Agreements.  There are no agreements, contracts, or other business arrangements or understandings affecting any of the Assets, and there are no products, enhancements, programs, benefits or services offered in connection with any of the Accounts, other than such products, enhancements, programs, benefits or services, agreements, contracts, or other business arrangements or understandings that Seller has expressly disclosed to Purchaser in this Agreement.

13


                (Q)        Undisclosed Liability.  Neither Seller nor any Seller affiliate has any material obligations, commitments or any other liabilities, absolute or contingent, known or unknown, relating to the Assets, except as expressly disclosed herein and except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

                (R)        Disclosure.  To the best of Seller’s knowledge, no statement or description contained in any document provided or delivered by Seller to Purchaser in connection with the series of transactions contemplated hereby, as of the date of such statement or description, contains any untrue statement of a material fact. Seller has informed Purchaser, in writing, of any and all features, reward programs, benefits, enhancements, promotional rate programs, balance transfer programs, introductory rate strategies, and usage or activation strategies utilized by the Seller in the past with respect to the Accounts that remain in effect, or which continue to affect any Account, as of the Cut-off Time.

                (S)        Effect of Law on Closing.  There is no Requirement of Law applicable to Seller which would prevent Seller from selling the Assets to Purchaser as contemplated by this Agreement, and the Assets are being sold in compliance with all Requirements of Law.

                (T)          Title and Liens.  Seller has, and will convey to Purchaser on the Closing Date, good and marketable title to the Assets, free and clear of any Lien of any Person.

                (U)          Seller’s Card Processor.  Seller’s Card Processor has been informed of all Seller’s responsibilities and obligations that will require the assistance of Seller’s Card Processor and: (i) are necessary for the Closing to occur; (ii) will arise during the Interim Servicing Period pursuant to the terms of the Interim Servicing Agreement; (iii) are necessary for the Conversion Date to occur in accordance with the Conversion Schedule discussed in the Interim Servicing Agreement; and (iv) will arise after the Conversion Date pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

3.2           Purchaser’s Representations and Warranties

Purchaser represents and warrants to Seller both on the date hereof and on Closing Date as follows:

                (A)        Due Organization.  Purchaser is a national banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization. Purchaser has full power and authority to (i) own and use its property and to conduct its business related to post Closing ownership of the Accounts as now being conducted and possesses all necessary licenses and permits, and (ii) enter into and carry out the terms of this Agreement and the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

                (B)        Authorization and Binding Effect.   The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Purchaser have all been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of Purchaser’s charter or by-laws, any agreement to which Purchaser is a party or by which it or its assets are bound or any Requirements of Law. This Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other laws or regulations that affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

14


                 (C)        No Breach of Other Agreements.  None of the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement will constitute a violation of or be in conflict with, or constitute a default under (a) Purchaser’s Articles of Association, By-Laws, and other organic documents of corporate self-governance (b) any agreement, instrument or other obligation to which Purchaser is a party or by which is bound; or (c) any Requirement of Law.

                 (D)        No Consents.  No consent of any Person and no license, permit, approval, or authorization from, or exemption by notice, or report, or registration, filing, or declaration with, any governmental authority having jurisdiction over Purchaser is required (other than those previously obtained and delivered to Seller or those the failure of which to obtain or deliver would not have a Material Adverse Effect) in connection with the execution or delivery by Purchaser and the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated hereby, or the performance by the Purchaser of its duties and obligations hereunder.

                 (E)        Claims, Litigation and Audits.  There are no administrative or court actions, suits, or proceedings of any kind now pending, and, to the best of Purchaser’s knowledge, no such actions, suits or proceedings are threatened against Purchaser, that if adversely decided would have an effect on Purchaser’s ability to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

IV.          ARTICLE IV.  Certain Transitional Matters

4.1          Enhancements .  At all times through the Conversion Date or such earlier date the Seller and Purchaser may agree upon, Seller shall continue to provide or otherwise make available all of the benefits, programs, features, offers, point programs, rebate programs, enhancements and other services provided to Cardholders as of the Closing Date (whether provided pursuant to a Benefit Agreement or not) (collectively, “Enhancements”) on the same terms and in the same manner as such Enhancements were provided immediately prior to the Closing Date, all as previously disclosed to Purchaser.  Seller agrees that it has not received any notice of the termination or amendment of any Benefits Agreements and knows of no plans for such termination or amendment which may take effect on or before the Conversion Date.  Notwithstanding the above, as of the Conversion Date, Seller (i) shall either have terminated the Benefits Agreements or excluded all Accounts from the Benefits Agreements, so that on the Conversion Date the Accounts are not subject to any Benefits Agreements; and (ii) shall have, in accordance with any Requirements of Law and any applicable rules, terms and conditions or agreements with the Cardholders, terminated all Enhancements provided by Seller, any Seller affiliate or any third party (whether provided pursuant to a Benefit Agreement or not), so that all obligations whatsoever of said parties to the Cardholders have ended prior to the Conversion Date and the Purchaser is not liable or obligated to continue any Enhancements or to honor any Enhancements.  Any notice sent to Cardholders related to the requirements in this Section 4.1 shall be subject to Purchaser’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

4.2          Changes in Terms. 

                 (A)         Seller shall reasonably assist Purchaser in the timely mailing, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, of such change in terms notice(s) as is reasonably required by Purchaser.

15


When the change in terms notice(s) are mailed shall be determined by Purchaser.  Purchaser shall bear the cost of producing and mailing these notices.  These notices will inform the Cardholders of the changes Purchaser will make to their Card Agreement and will be accompanied by letters prepared by Purchaser with the prior approval of Seller (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, however such approval but shall not include approval over new benefits and the changes to the Card Agreements) notifying each Cardholder of the sale of the Accounts, changes in Benefits Agreements and any new benefits, all in a manner which serves to preserve and promote the goodwill and business reputation of both Seller and Purchaser.  Seller agrees to provide Purchaser with a tape of the Accounts for Purchaser to use in preparing and mailing each change in terms notice (“Change in Terms Tape”).  The format and contents of the Change in Terms Tape will be the same as described in Schedule I to the Interim Servicing Agreement’s Exhibit A.  Each Change in Terms Tape will be provided to Purchaser no later than ten (10) business days (“Tape Date”) prior to Purchaser mailing the applicable change in terms notice.  Each Change in Terms Tape shall have been produced no earlier than five (5) days prior to the Tape Date and shall be current as of said date and contain all of the Accounts.  In the event that an Account is not contained on a Change in Terms Tape, Seller agrees to repurchase such Account from Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.5 above.

                 (B)          On the Conversion Date, the Purchaser shall establish on its card processing system, those Accounts that have been designated as Employee Accounts with an annual percentage rate of 10.00%.

ARTICLE V.  Covenants

5.1          Negative Covenants of Seller .  With respect to the Business, Seller covenants and agrees that between the date hereof and the Closing Date, Seller shall not engage in any transaction or incur any obligation or liability with respect to the Business except in the ordinary course of its business as presently conducted; and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to preserve its business organization to keep such Business intact, to keep available a work force of a quality and quantity capable of rendering services comparable to the services of its present employees and to preserve the goodwill of its suppliers, customers and others having business relations with Seller relating to said programs.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Seller, with regard to its Business, shall not, without the prior written consent of Purchaser, do any of the following:

 

(A)

from the date hereof and through the Closing Date, materially amend, terminate or otherwise materially modify any of its contracts or commitments in a manner that would materially and adversely affect the Accounts, except as required by Requirements of Law;

 

 

 

 

(B)

from the date hereof and through the Closing Date, re-age any of the Accounts and/or Receivables, except as required by Requirements of Law;

 

 

 

 

(C)

(and shall not allow any affiliate to), except as otherwise permitted in Section 13(f) of that certain Joint Marketing Agreement dated of even date herewith between Seller’s parent corporation and Purchaser (the “Joint Marketing Agreement”), at any time within the Restricted Period, specifically target (other than the assistance provided by Seller’s parent corporation to Purchaser in

16


 

 

accordance with the terms of the Joint Marketing Agreement) any offer of a credit card or charge card to Persons who were Cardholders with an Account; provided, however, that Seller may offer Persons who were Cardholders the opportunity to participate in another credit card or charge card program endorsed by Seller provided the opportunity is not only made available to such Persons, but rather is offered as a part of a general solicitation to all customers of Seller, and provided further that no such Persons are directly or indirectly identified as a customer of Purchaser or offered any terms or incentives different from that offered to all other customers of Seller;

 

 

 

 

(D)

from the date hereof and through the Closing Date, sell, assign, lease or otherwise transfer or dispose of any of the Assets;

 

 

 

 

(E)

from the date hereof and through the Closing Date, communicate with any Cardholder or other users of the Accounts, except in the ordinary course of business in accordance with past practice and custom and in a manner which does not identify Purchaser or any of Purchaser’s affiliates or as required by Requirements of Law; provided, however, that Seller shall first notify Purchaser of such communications; and

 

 

 

 

(F)

from the date hereof and through the Closing Date and notwithstanding the immediately above section (E) or any other sections of this Agreement, market or solicit, via telemarketing, direct mail, direct promotions or the internet, the Cardholders any reduced rate offer without Purchaser’s prior written consent.

5.2          Affirmative Covenants of Seller.

                (A)          Seller shall give Purchaser and its representatives full access during Seller’s normal business hours, upon reasonable advance notice, to all of the Assets, including, without limitation; accounting, financial, statistical, and corporate records relating to the Business; and for purposes of examining the same in connection with the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

                (B)          Purchaser and Seller shall meet and work together regarding the management of the Assets prior to the Conversion Date to effect a smooth transition.  In the event of a significant attrition of Seller’s employees which affects the management of Assets, the parties shall confer and consult in order to institute the steps necessary to ensure no interruption of the quality and quantity of services rendered to the Cardholders in accordance with past custom and practice.  Seller shall employ underwriting and collection criteria which are no less stringent than those employed by Seller in the ordinary course of its Business as currently conducted and as set forth in Seller’s Policies and Procedures and in a manner which complies with all Requirements of Law.

                (C)          If Seller is unable to transfer the prefixes for its VISA Bank Identification Number(s) (“BIN”) and MasterCard Interbank Card Account number(s) (“ICA”) to Purchaser on the Conversion Date pursuant to Section 5.2(D) below or if the BIN and ICA numbers are not to be transferred to Purchaser, Seller shall at its expense, after the Conversion Date, and until such date as the prefix numbers are transferred to Purchaser (if ever):

17


 

               (i)        Provide reasonable assistance to Purchaser (which shall include, without limitation, obtaining the full 23 digit reference number for a particular transaction, the production of documents (the production of documents shall include, but not be limited to, production of statement, payment, and access check copies) and the interpretation of any relevant comments, all within either seven (7) business days or, if due to an emergency, twenty four (24) hours after Purchaser’s request) to help resolve any dispute or claim of any Cardholder relating to any transactions or balances that posted to an Account bearing the Seller’s ICA numbers or BIN, as those terms are defined in Section 5.2(D) below, or Seller shall be responsible for any and all losses incurred by Purchaser as a result of Seller’s failure to comply with the above.

 

 

 

               (ii)        Process draft retrievals and chargeback requests within twenty four (24) hours after receipt of the request from Purchaser and shall promptly forward the draft retrievals to Purchaser upon receipt.

 

 

 

               (iii)        Notify Purchaser, within forty eight (48) hours of receipt by Seller, of any representment, pre-arbitration, pre-compliance, compliance or arbitration case it receives involving the Accounts(“Cases”).  After receiving Purchaser’s response to a Case, Seller shall process the response within twenty four (24) hours after such receipt. Seller shall not make a decision on any Case or any chargeback involving the Accounts unless approved in writing by Purchaser.

 

 

 

               (iv)        Settle with Purchaser on any chargeback involving the Accounts and its BIN and ICA numbers via ACH within five (5) days of Purchaser’s request, which settlement shall be initiated by Purchaser.  If Seller fails to settle on any such chargeback within thirty (30) days of Purchaser’s request, Seller agrees that Purchaser may reverse the entry and Seller shall be responsible for such entry.

                 (D)        Seller agrees to transfer its VISA Bank Identification Number(s) (“BIN”) and MasterCard InterBank Card Account (“ICA”)number(s) used for the Accounts after the BINs and/or ICA numbers contain only the Accounts and there has been no merchant activity for at least ninety (90) days.  Seller agrees that the transfer of the BINs and/or ICA numbers (with only the Accounts contained therein) to Purchaser will occur no later than ten (10) days after the Conversion Date.  Until Purchaser is transferred the BINs and/or ICA numbers Seller shall, from time to time following the Conversion Date and at its expense, as reasonably requested by Purchaser:

 

               (i)        Take all such steps and perform such acts as are necessary to confirm to Purchaser the smooth and orderly post-Conversion Date ownership and operation of the Accounts.  Information on Account transactions or payments that occur or are received between the Seller’s last file maintenance day for the Accounts prior to the Conversion Date, (which last file maintenance day is the Thursday prior to the Conversion Date) and through the end of the Conversion Date shall be forwarded to Purchaser on the day following the Conversion Date in an electronic format designated by Purchaser.

 

 

 

               (ii)        Provide information on post-Conversion Date Account transactions and payments on a daily basis to Purchaser by electronic communication, in a format

18


 

designated by Purchaser, which shall include the full 23 digit reference number for a particular transaction and a description of each transaction, including the city and state. All such post-Conversion Date transactions and payments shall be settled via ACH, which net settlement shall be initiated by Purchaser and include those transactions and payments that are posted to an Account. All above-mentioned electronic transmissions shall include for each payment, the amount of the payment, the date the payment was received by Seller and the Account’s credit card number.

 

 

 

               (iii)        Provide to Purchaser, daily, with returned payment checks and access checks for the Accounts via overnight courier and that settlement of such checks will be handled on a case by case basis and will be settled via wire transfer.

 

 

 

                (iv)        Upon the request of Purchaser, take all steps necessary to report immediately any invalid Account(s) through the periodic warning bulletin system maintained by MasterCard and VISA utilizing the BIN and/or ICA.

 

 

 

                (v)        Notwithstanding the above, Seller agrees that it shall not process or accept any trailing transaction or payment on any Account sixty (60) days after the Conversion Date and acknowledges and agrees that Purchaser will not accept or settle on any trailing transaction or payment that occurs or is received sixty (60) days after the Conversion Date unless otherwise agreed to by Purchaser on a case by case basis.

 

 

 

A trailing transaction is defined as, but is not limited to, the following types of transactions: (i) all cardholder retail activity, (i.e., sales, refunds and cash advances); (ii) any automatic debit on an Account; and (iii) any transaction on an Account below the floor limit established by MasterCard or VISA.

                 (E)          Seller shall supply Purchaser with Seller’s routing and transit number and direct deposit number thirty (30) days prior to the Conversion Date.  Seller agrees to cooperate with Purchaser in testing the trailing transaction processes as outlined in this Section 5.2 to ensure that the processes will work to the Purchaser’s reasonable satisfaction.  Seller and Purchaser also agree that a testing transaction report will be supplied to the Seller, detailing the number of trailing transactions, the type of transaction, and the dollar value of each automated clearing house settlement. 

                 (F)        From the Closing Date and through the ninetieth (90th) day following the Conversion Date, Seller hereby authorizes Purchaser to use the Card Marks: (i) to identify Purchaser as Seller’s successor in interest to the Accounts; (ii) on Cards; (iii) on periodic statements, Card Agreements and other communications to Cardholders with respect to the Accounts for which Cards bear Seller’s name; and (iv) for identification purposes in any collection efforts related to an Account for the period in which the related Cards bear Seller’s name so long as such collection efforts comply with the terms of the Card Agreement and all Requirements of Law.  During the period of use authorized herein, Purchaser shall use the Card Marks solely: (i) in the forms and formats and on forms currently used by the Seller for Cards, periodic statements, Card Agreements and communications, or (ii) in the forms and formats on such forms as Seller shall approve in writing prior to any such use, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  It is expressly agreed that other than the limited license granted above, Purchaser is not purchasing or acquiring any right, title or interest in the name of

19


Seller or any trade names, trademarks, logos or service marks of Seller.  Purchaser shall make no use of any of the Card Marks which will damage or diminish Seller’s goodwill.  Throughout the term of the license granted hereby, Seller represents and warrants that it has the right to license the Card Marks to Purchaser and that the Card Marks do not and will not violate or otherwise infringe upon the intellectual, proprietary or any other rights of any Person.

                 (G)          On the Conversion Date, Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser all of the Files necessary for Conversion, or such other Files as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser.All Files necessary for the Business Accounts that are Accounts shall be delivered to Purchaser ten (10) business days prior to the Conversion Date.  Seller shall continue to hold and retain post-Conversion for the sole benefit of Purchaser, any other Files, including those Files which cannot be extracted from information about Seller’s other member accounts without undue effort or expense (the “Retained Files”).

 

          (i)        From time to time following Closing and the Conversion Date, the Seller shall deliver such Retained Files as reasonably requested by Purchaser within five (5) business days after a request.  The cost of retrieving and delivering the Retained Files to Purchaser shall be borne by the Seller.  Time frames for extraordinary requests for information will be mutually negotiated at the time of the request. Extraordinary requests are defined as:  any information retrieval request the size of which cannot be reasonably filled in the ordinary course of business in the five business day time frame referred to above on this Section 5.2(G)(i), utilizing existing staff, without effect to normal operations.

 

 

 

          (ii)        In discharging its obligations hereunder, Seller agrees to utilize such document storage, safekeeping and security methods as are customary in the industry. Without limiting any of its obligations under this Agreement, Seller agrees to maintain the Retained Files for a period following the Closing Date in compliance with  federal and/or state law or with Seller’s current record retention policy for the applicable document whichever is longer.

 

 

 

          (iii)        The operation of this Section 5.2(G) shall survive the Closing and Conversion Date.

                 (H)         As of the Conversion Date, Seller agrees that: (i) no Account will have a credit balance that a Cardholder has requested in writing to be refunded prior to the Cut-off Time; (ii) no Account will have a credit balance that has not been requested in writing to be refunded that has been in existence for more than ninety (90) days; (iii) no Account will have an initial billing dispute or any other initial dispute that has been in existence for more than forty (40) days that has not been decisioned and processed by Seller accordingly, with the exception of international transactions; (iv) no Account will have an outstanding representment that has been in existence more than thirty (30) days that has not been decisioned and processed by Seller accordingly; and (v) no Account will have an outstanding compliance or arbitration case that has not been decisioned and processed by Seller accordingly.

                 (I)        Seller agrees that: (i) any pre-compliance case, pre-arbitration case, incoming compliance case, or incoming arbitration case that is received by Seller within the ten (10) day period prior to the Conversion Date for which the date the Seller must respond is after the

20


Conversion Date will be promptly forwarded to Purchaser for decisioning and processing; and (ii) without Purchaser’s consent, it shall not accept any resolution (i.e., that Seller or Cardholder will be liable) of any pre-compliance case, pre-arbitration case, incoming compliance case, or incoming arbitration case for which the date the Seller must respond is within the ten (10) day period prior to the Conversion Date.

                 (J)          Prior to the Conversion Date, Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to clear any suspense account entries relating to payments or any chargebacks for the Accounts.

                 (K)        Seller agrees to flag each Reject Account #1, Reject Account #2, Guaranteed Account, credit card accounts that are secured, Employee Accounts, Business Accounts and (all collectively referred to as “Flagged Accounts”) so that, on each tape provided by Seller or Seller’s Card Processor, each such type of credit card account is readily identifiable on Purchaser’s Card Processor’s system.  If Seller fails to identify any Flagged Accounts in such manner, other than the employee credit card accounts that are Accounts, Purchaser shall not have any obligation, if any, to purchase such Flagged Accounts or, if Closing has already occurred, Seller agrees to repurchase such Flagged Accounts from Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.5 above.  With respect to any employee credit card accounts that are not properly flagged, Purchaser will convert those accounts to Purchaser’s standard credit card terms for the Accounts.  A list of the types of Flagged Accounts and their corresponding identifying codes are hereto attached as Exhibit 5.2K

                 (L)        If requested by Purchaser, Seller shall provide Purchaser with historical statistical information with respect to the Accounts, as set forth on Exhibit 5.2L , attached hereto, certified true and correct by a duly authorized Senior Vice President of Seller.  Purchaser shall be entitled to receive, at Purchaser’s expense, an opinion of a nationally-recognized certified public accounting firm respecting the accuracy of such information based upon such accounting firm’s review of the Accounts pursuant to procedures agreed upon by Purchaser and such accounting firm.  Seller shall reasonably cooperate, at Purchaser’s sole cost and expense, with such accounting firm in the performance of its review.

                 (M)         In accordance with the operating procedures of Visa and MasterCard, any fees, normal operating assessments and other charges imposed by Visa, or MasterCard, or any portion thereof, with respect to the Assets owned by Purchaser after the Cut-off Time, but serviced by Seller during the Interim Servicing Period will be paid by Purchaser.  Seller shall provide Purchaser by the 7th business day subsequent to the end of each calendar quarter that occurred during the Interim Servicing Period with all such reports necessary for Purchaser to determine the fees, normal operating assessments and other charges imposed on the Assets for such calendar quarter.

                 (N)        In order to comply with the requirements of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Seller agrees to provide Purchaser (prior to the Conversion Date and on a tape formatted the same way the conversion tapes are formatted) with the date on which each Account, that is reported to a credit reporting agency as being delinquent as of the Conversion Date, first went delinquent.

                 (O)        Upon the reasonable request of Purchaser, at Purchaser’s expense, Seller shall provide Purchaser with copies of all reports, summaries, and/or conclusions issued by Seller, any

21


third party and/or any regulator relating to the servicing of the Account by Seller’s Card Processor.

5.3          Mutual Covenants.

                (A)        Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each party shall cooperate fully with the other and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all action, and to do, or cause to be done, all things commercially reasonably necessary or appropriate hereunder and under any Requirements of Law to consummate the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Each party further agrees to use its commercially reasonable best efforts to obtain consents of all third parties and governmental agencies necessary for the consummation of the series of transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

                (B)        Between the date hereof and the Closing, each party shall promptly advise the other in writing of any fact which, if existing or known at the date hereof, would have been required to be set forth or disclosed in or pursuant to this Agreement or of any fact which, if existing or known at the date hereof, would have made any of the representations contained herein materially untrue or misleading.

ARTICLE VI. Closing

6.1        Closing . The Closing shall take place on the Closing Date at the offices of Purchaser in Wilmington, Delaware or such other place and date as the parties hereto may mutually agree.  The parties will endeavor to consummate the Closing in Wilmington, Delaware in a remote fashion through the use of facsimile transmission and overnight couriers.  If the Closing has not occurred on or before January 31, 2003, then either party has the option to terminate this Agreement without any further obligation or liability to the other party effective upon giving notice of such termination to such other party except for any obligation contained herein that specifically survives any termination hereof.  Such option to terminate the Agreement described above must be exercised by 5:00 PM EST of the next business day after such above stated date, or the option to terminate for such failure to close shall be void and of no further force or effect.  In the event that neither party has the option to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the above described option or the option is not exercised or not timely exercised, the parties shall mutually agree upon a later Closing Date.  Notwithstanding the above, if all of the conditions precedent to a party’s obligations hereunder set forth in Sections 6.2 or 6.3 hereof (whichever the case may be) have been fulfilled on or prior to the Closing Date, that party shall have no right to terminate this Agreement.

6.2          Closing: Conditions Precedent to Purchaser’s Obligations.  The obligation of Purchaser to close under this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions (unless waived by Purchaser):

                (A)          The representations and warranties made by Seller herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as though such representations and warranties were restated and made at and as of the Closing Date;

                (B)          All the necessary consents, regulatory and other approvals, licenses and other authorizations shall have been obtained (or the relevant waiting period shall have expired)

22


permitting the post-Closing ownership and operation by Purchaser of the Assets on terms substantially comparable to those existing at the present;

                (C)        As of the Closing Date, there shall not have been any material adverse change in the Assets since the Site Visit Date;

                (D)        All of the deliveries which Seller is obligated to make or cause to be made under Article VII of this Agreement shall have been made;

                (E)        No claim, action, suit, proceeding or governmental investigation shall have been threatened or instituted challenging the validity of this Agreement or the series of transactions contemplated hereby;

                (F)        All pre-Closing covenants, obligations and other matters to be performed on the part of Seller shall have been fulfilled;

                (G)        ABC Bancorp, Seller’s sole shareholder, shall have executed and delivered to Purchaser a Joint Marketing Agreement that is reasonably acceptable to Purchaser; and

                (H)        Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser minutes of the meeting of Seller’s board of directors with respect to the approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder and the authorization of officers of Seller to sign this Agreement and related documents.

6.3        Closing: Conditions Precedent to Seller’s Obligations.  The obligation of Seller to close under this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment on or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions (unless waived by Seller):

                (A)        The representations and warranties made by Purchaser herein shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date, as though such representations and warranties were restated and made at and as of the Closing Date;

                (B)        All the necessary consents, regulatory and other approvals, licenses and other authorizations shall have been obtained (or the relevant waiting period shall have expired) permitting the post-Closing ownership and operation by Purchaser of the Assets on terms substantially comparable to those existing at the present;

                (C)        All of the deliveries which Purchaser is obligated to make or cause to be made under Article VII hereof shall have been made;

                (D)          No claim, action, suit, proceeding or governmental investigation shall have been threatened or instituted challenging the validity of this Agreement or the series of transactions contemplated hereby;

                (E)          All pre-Closing covenants, obligations and other matters to be performed on the part of Purchaser shall have been fulfilled;

23


                 (F)        Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller the authorization of officers of Purchaser to sign this Agreement and related documents.

ARTICLE VII.  Deliveries At Closing

7.1           Seller .  At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Purchaser the following:

                (A)        Written evidence of transfer to convey to Purchaser all of Seller’s rights, title and interest in and good and marketable title to the Assets, free and clear of any and all Liens in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 7.1A;

                (B)        A Certificate of Good Standing or Existence of Seller, attached hereto as Exhibit 7.1B;

                (C)        A certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by the President or a Senior Vice President of Seller, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 6.2 have been fulfilled, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 7.1C;

                (D)        A certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Seller, certifying the incumbency of the officers or other representatives of Seller signing this Agreement on behalf of Seller and the related documents and instruments to be delivered in connection herewith, the form of which is  attached hereto as Exhibit 7.1D; and

                (E)        Such additional instruments, documents or certificates as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser and necessary for the consummation of the Closing and the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

7.2        Purchaser .  At the Closing, Purchaser shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Seller the following:

                (A)        the Preliminary Purchase Price as provided in Section 2.3;

                (B)        A certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by a President or a Senior Vice President of Purchaser, certifying that the conditions specified in Section 6.3 have been fulfilled, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 7.2B;

                (C)          certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, signed by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of Purchaser, certifying the incumbency of the officers or other representatives of Purchaser signing this Agreement on behalf of Purchaser and the related documents and instruments to be delivered in connection herewith, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 7.2C ; and

                (D)        Such additional instruments, documents or certificates as may be reasonably requested by Seller and necessary for the consummation of the Closing and the series of transactions contemplated hereby.

24


ARTICLE VIII.  Risk of Loss 

The risk of loss, damage or destruction from any cause to the Books and Records and Files shall be borne by Seller at all times between the date hereof and the date the Books and Records are in Purchaser’s possession.  The risk of loss, damage or destruction from any cause to any other Assets shall be borne by Seller at all times between the date hereof and the Closing Date.

ARTICLE IX.  Indemnification

9.1        Seller’s Indemnification of Purchaser .  Subject to the terms of this Article IX, Seller agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser, its successors and permitted assigns, harmless of and from any claim, damage, liability, loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) or any other liability of every nature, kind and description whatsoever including, without limitation, acts or liabilities to third parties incurred or suffered by Purchaser, by reason of or resulting from or arising out of:

                (A)        the operation of the Business by the Seller prior to the Cut-off Time (whether known or unknown, contingent or matured), including, without limitation, indemnification for violations of Requirements of Law by Seller prior to the Cut-off Time;

                (B)        any misrepresentation or breach of any of Seller’s representations, warranties or covenant contained herein or in any document or instrument delivered by Seller hereunder;

                (C)        the termination of any agreements or relationships ;

               (D)        the exclusion of the Accounts from all Benefits Agreements; or

               (E)          the termination of the Enhancements for any Account.

9.2         Purchaser’s Indemnification of Seller .  Subject to the terms of this Article IX , Purchaser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Seller, its successors and permitted assigns, harmless of and from any claim, damage, liability, loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) or any other liability of every nature, kind and description whatsoever including, without limitation, acts or liabilities to third parties incurred or suffered by Seller, by reason of or resulting from or arising out of:

               (A)          the operation of the Business by the Purchaser subsequent to the Cut-off Time (whether known or unknown, contingent or matured), including, without limitation, indemnification for violations of Requirements of Law by Purchaser after the Cut-off Time); or

               (B)          any misrepresentation or breach of any representation, warranty or covenant of Purchaser contained herein or in any document or instrument delivered by Purchaser hereunder.

9.3          Manner of Handling Claims .  If either party obtains knowledge of: (a) facts that would give rise to a right of indemnification for that party; or (b) commencement of an action that may require indemnification, such party shall give written notice to the other party as promptly as practicable after its receipt of that knowledge.  Following receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and, upon notice

25


delivered promptly to the indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party.  Within a reasonable period following the assumption of such defense by the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall be permitted to participate in the defense of such claim and may retain additional counsel of its choice at its own expense.  If however, the defendants in such action include both parties, and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel, reasonably acceptable to the indemnified party, which shall be paid for by the indemnifying party.  In the event that the indemnifying party reimburses the indemnified party for a third party claim, the indemnified party shall remit to the indemnifying party any reimbursement that the indemnified party subsequently receives for such third party claim.

9.4        Other Limitations.       The indemnifying party hereunder shall have no liability under this Article IX and Article XI of the Interim Servicing Agreement unless and until such indemnifying party (as the case may be) receives notice asserting a claim for indemnification with respect thereto on or before the second anniversary of the Conversion Date.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article IX or Article XI of the Interim Servicing Agreement, no indemnification shall be required to be made hereunder until the aggregate amount of all claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses actually incurred by the indemnified party hereunder exceeds $50,000, at which point the indemnified party hereunder shall be entitled to indemnification only when, and only with respect to amounts by which, the aggregate of all such claims, damages, liabilities, losses, costs or expenses actually incurred exceeds such amount.  In no event shall the aggregate liability of the indemnifying party hereunder exceed an amount that equals three times the Closing Purchase Price. This Section 9.4 shall (i) have no effect on Seller’s obligations pursuant to Section 2.5 or 2.6.

9.5        Subrogation.      The indemnifying party shall be subrogated to any claims or rights of the indemnified party as against any other persons with respect to any amounts paid by the indemnifying party under this Section.  The indemnified party shall cooperate with the indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party’s expense, in the indemnifying party’s assertion of any such claim.

9.6          Mitigation of Losses.      .Each of Seller and Purchaser shall use reasonable efforts to minimize (and Purchaser shall cause any assignee or transferee of its rights or obligations hereunder to use its reasonable efforts to minimize)any losses for which any other party hereto may be liable pursuant to this Agreement.

9.7        Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants .     Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, all representations, warranties and covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing for a period of two years after the Conversion Date.  This Section 9.7 shall not apply to an indemnifying party’s obligation with respect to claims for indemnification that were received by such party on or before the second anniversary of the Conversion Date.

ARTICLE X. 

26


10.1        Confidentiality      From and after the execution of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall keep confidential and shall cause their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents and advisors (including, without limitation, attorneys, accountants, consultants, bankers and financial advisors) (collectively, “Representatives”), to keep confidential and not disclose to any third party any and all information concerning the series of transactions contemplated herein, the terms of this Agreement, the Interim Servicing Agreement and any other agreement or document executed in connection herewith and any and all information obtained from the other party concerning the assets, properties and business of the other party, and shall not use such information for any purpose other than consummating the transaction contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that neither party shall be subject to the above obligations with respect to any such information provided to it by the other party which: (a) was in the receiving party’s possession or in the public domain at the time of the disclosing party’s disclosure, or subsequently enters the public domain through no act or failure to act on the part of the receiving party; or (b) is lawfully obtained by the receiving party from a third party that is not subject to a confidentiality agreement or given to the receiving party on a confidential basis.  Notwithstanding the above, either party may disclose the information described in the first sentence to (i) a governmental authority if, and only to the extent, required by law or regulation; or (ii) to its Representatives for purposes of consummating the transaction contemplated by this Agreement. Neither party, nor any of their Representatives, shall make any announcements or press releases regarding this Agreement or the series of transactions contemplated herein without the prior written consent of the parties hereto unless required by applicable law.  This section shall survive the Closing or any termination of this Agreement.

10.2        “No-Shop” Provisions .  Seller agrees that it shall neither, directly or indirectly, through brokers, agents, affiliates or otherwise, sell, transfer or otherwise encumber or offer to sell, transfer or otherwise encumber, or solicit, discuss, accept or take any other action with respect to an offer from any other potential purchaser to acquire any of the Assets, whether by asset purchase, stock purchase or otherwise; provided, however, that, if in the opinion of Seller’s Board of Directors, after consultation with counsel, the failure to respond to an unsolicited offer to acquire the Assets would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties to shareholders under applicable law, Seller may, in response to an unsolicited offer to acquire the Assets, and subject to compliance with the last sentence of this Section 10.2, (i) furnish information with respect to Seller and the Assets to any Person pursuant to a confidentiality agreement and (ii) participate in negotiations regarding such acquisition proposal.  Seller shall immediately advise Purchaser orally and in writing of any request for information or of any acquisition proposal, or any inquiry with respect to or which could lead to any acquisition proposal, the material terms and conditions of such request, acquisition proposal or inquiry, and the identity of the Person making any acquisition proposal or inquiry, and Seller shall keep Purchaser fully informed of the status and details (including amendments or proposed amendments) of any such request, acquisition proposal or inquiry.

10.3        Expenses .  Seller shall bear any and all levies, or other charges of any nature, kind or description imposed by any governmental authority on Seller in connection with the series of transactions contemplated hereby.  Any other costs, expenses, or charges incurred by either of the parties hereto shall be borne by the party incurring such cost, expense or charge whether or not the series of transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated.

27


10.4       Notices .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, any notice or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and shall be effective (i) when delivered personally, (ii) when successfully sent by telecopy to the telecopy number below, (iii) the next business day following the date on which the same has been delivered prepaid to a national air courier service or (iv) when received if sent by the mails, certified or registered, postage prepaid, in each case addressed to the respective parties as set forth below or to such other addresses as may from time to time be designated in advance by written notice given as herein required:

If to Seller:

If to Purchaser:

 

 

Southland Bank

MBNA America Bank, N.A.

3299 Ross Clark Circle

1100 North King Street

Dothan, Alabama36303

Wilmington, Delaware 19884-0123

 

 

Attn:  Mike McDonald

Attn:  Jeffrey Fincher

 

 

Facsimile # (229) 873-4456

Facsimile # (302) 432-2957

With copies to:

 

 

Diana Clift Cebrick

 

Counsel

or, as to each party at such other address as may be designated from time to time by such party or parties by like notice to the other parties, complying with this Section.  All such notices, payments, demands or other communications shall be deemed validly given and legally effective when received.

10.5       Severability .     If any term or condition of this Agreement should be held invalid by a court, arbitrator or tribunal of competent jurisdiction in any respect, such invalidity shall not affect the validity of any other term or condition hereof.  If any term or condition of this Agreement should be held to be unreasonable as to time, scope or otherwise by such a court, arbitrator or tribunal, it shall be construed by limiting or reducing it to a minimum extent so as to be enforceable under then applicable law.  The parties acknowledge that they would have executed this Agreement with any such invalid term or condition excluded or with any such unreasonable term or condition so limited or reduced.

10.6       Specific Performance and Other Equitable Relief .  The parties hereby expressly recognize and acknowledge that immediate, extensive and irreparable damage would result in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced.  Therefore, in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy available to Purchaser or Seller, the respective rights and obligations of an aggrieved party hereunder shall be enforceable in a court of equity by a decree of specific performance and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith.  Such remedies and any and all other remedies provided for in this Agreement shall, however, be cumulative in nature and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies whatsoever which any party may otherwise have.

10.7       Entire Agreement; Amendments.      This Agreement, together with the Interim Servicing Agreement and the Joint Marketing Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties

28


with regard to the specific subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior written and/or oral understandings between the parties.  This Agreement may not be amended except pursuant to a writing signed by both parties.

10.8       Waiver .     Any waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement.  Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the party to be charged therewith. Notwithstanding any investigation conducted before or after the transfer of the Assets and notwithstanding any actual or implied knowledge or notice of any facts or circumstances which Purchaser may have as a result of such investigation or otherwise, Purchaser shall be entitled to rely upon the warranties, representations and covenants of Seller in this Agreement.

10.9       Binding Effect .     Neither party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other and any attempted assignment without said consent shall be null, void and without any effect whatsoever; provided, however, that Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights hereunder to any affiliate or subsidiary of MBNA Corporation, a Maryland corporation.  Any such assignment shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligations hereunder.

10.10       Exhibits and Schedules .     The Exhibits attached hereto and each certificate, schedule, list, summary or other document provided or delivered pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby are incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof.

10.11       Construction.      The parties acknowledge that this Agreement shall be governed, enforced, performed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excepting only those conflicts of laws provisions which would serve to defeat the operation of Delaware substantive law).  No presumption or any other means of construction shall exist against the party drafting this Agreement.

10.12       Arbitration .     All claims, demands, disputes, controversies, differences or misunderstandings arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the failure or refusal to perform the whole or any part hereof, shall be settled by arbitration conducted by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules thereof then pertaining.  The parties hereby agree that judgment upon such award may be entered in any court having appropriate jurisdiction over the parties hereto.  The fees of the AAA shall be borne by the parties equally.

10.13        No Third Party Beneficiaries .     This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto; nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any person other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

10.14         Further Assurances.      The parties hereto hereby agree to do such further acts and things, and to execute and deliver such additional conveyances, assignments, agreements and instruments, as either may at any time reasonably request in order to better assure and confirm unto each party their respective rights, powers and remedies conferred hereunder.

29


10.15       Drafting.      Each party acknowledges that its legal counsel participated in the drafting of this Agreement.  The parties agree that the rule of construction that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement to favor one party or another.

10.16       Counterparts.      Provided that all parties hereto execute a copy of this Agreement, this Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  The parties acknowledge that delivery of executed copies of this Agreement may be effected by facsimile or other comparable means.

10.17       Headings .     The headings contained herein are included solely for ease of reference and in no way shall limit, expand or otherwise affect either the substance or construction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the intent of the parties hereto.

10.18       Brokers.      Seller has not had or is not having any dealings with, or has not received any services from any finder, broker, agent or other similar party, who is or will be entitled to a commission, fee or other payment of any nature in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby.  Purchaser has not had or is not having any dealings with, or has not received any services from any finder, broker, agent or other similar party, who is or will be entitled to a commission, fee or other payment of any nature in connection with this Agreement or any transactions contemplated hereby, except for Kessler Financial Services, L.P. (“Kessler”).  Purchaser will be responsible for compensating Kessler for its services and will indemnify and hold Seller harmless from any loss or liability it incurs as a result of Purchaser’s engagement of Kessler.

10.20       No Joint Venture and Independent Contractor.      Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership or joint venture among the parties.  Except as expressly set forth herein, no party shall have any authority to bind or commit the other party.  In the performance of its duties or obligations under this Agreement or any other contract, commitment, undertaking or agreement made pursuant to this Agreement, Seller shall not be deemed to be, or permit itself to be, understood as an agent of the Purchaser and shall at all times take whatever measures are necessary to ensure that its status shall be that of an independent contractor operating a separate entity.

30


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

SELLER:

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

S OUTHLAND B ANK

 

MBNA A MERICA B ANK , N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

By:

/s/ W ILLIAM P. M ORRISON , S R .

 

 


 

 


 

Name:

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt

 

Name

William P. Morrison, Sr.

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

Title:

Senior Executive Vice President

 

31


TExhibit 10.16 (cont’d.)

ADDENDUM TO THE ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

          THIS ADDENDUM (the “Addendum”) is entered into as of the 3 rd day of February, 2003 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ABC Bancorp (“Seller”) and MBNA America Bank, N.A. (“Purchaser”).

          WHEREAS, Seller and Purchaser executed an Asset Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2002 as the same may have been amended (the “Agreement”); and

          WHEREAS, the parties have agreed to modify various provisions found in said Agreement.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, Seller and Purchaser agree as follows:

1.        The above recitals are incorporated herein and deemed a part of this Addendum. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.  

2.       The subpart (d) of the definition of Account in Article 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

 

(d)     an Obligor is 5 (five) or more cycles delinquent as such cycles are set forth on Exhibit 1A or should have been in said delinquency cycles in accordance with Seller’s Policies and Procedures;

3.         Except as amended by this Addendum, all of the terms, conditions and covenants of the Agreement are valid, shall remain in full force and effect, and are hereby ratified and confirmed.  Any inconsistencies between this Addendum and the Agreement shall be governed by this Addendum.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement, the Agreement, as amended by this Addendum, shall be governed by and subject to the laws of the State of Delaware (excepting only those conflicts of laws provisions which would serve to defeat the operation of Delaware substantive law) and shall be deemed for all purposes to be made and fully performed in Delaware.

4.       This Addendum may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be considered an original, and all of which shall be deemed one and the same instrument.  The Agreement, as amended by this Addendum, contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters covered and no other or prior promises, negotiations or discussions, oral or written, made by any party or its employees, officers or agents shall be valid and binding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each party hereto, by its representative, has executed this Addendum as of the date first above written, and such party and its representative warrant that such representative is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Addendum for and on behalf of such party.

SELLER:

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

ABC B ANCORP

 

MBNA A MERICA B ANK , N.A.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

By:

/s/ W ILLIAM P. M ORRISON , Sr.

 


 

 


Name:

 

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt

 

Name:

William P. Morrison, Sr.

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:

Vice Chairman

 

32

Exhibit 10.17

INTERIM SERVICING AGREEMENT

Between

SOUTHLAND BANK

and

MBNA AMERICA BANK, N.A.

DECEMBER 19, 2002


INTERIM SERVICING AGREEMENT

THIS INTERIM SERVICING AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is entered into this 19 th day of December, 2002, by and between MBNA America Bank, N.A., a national banking association, located at 1100 North King Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19884 (“Purchaser”) and Southland Bank, an Alabama state-chartered bank located at 3299 Ross Clark Circle, NW, Dothan, Alabama 36303 (“Seller”).

RECITALS

           WHEREAS , pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement entered into between the parties of even date herewith (the “Asset Purchase Agreement”), Purchaser will acquire certain Assets and assume certain liabilities of Seller; and

           WHEREAS , Purchaser is currently unable to process and service the Accounts obtained pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement; and

           WHEREAS , for the term of this Agreement, Seller has agreed to undertake, on behalf of Purchaser, the processing, servicing and collection of the Accounts and Receivables transferred pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth;

           NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the promises, mutual agreements, representations and warranties hereinafter set forth and for other good and valuable consideration, both the receipt and legal sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.        DEFINITIONS

1.1       Terms.   All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise specifically defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Asset Purchase Agreement.

1.2       Other Definitions.   For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

          “ Billed Account” shall mean an Account for which the Servicer has produced an original statement during the applicable period within the Interim Servicing Period (in accordance with Servicer’s Policies and Procedures and at the completion of its billing cycle), as shown on Seller’s system generated, daily management reports relative to the Accounts.

          “Service Transfer Event” shall mean an event set forth in Article 9 hereof.

           “Servicer” shall mean the entity designated by Purchaser, pursuant to Section 2.1 and 2.2, to perform the Services.

           “Servicer’s Policies and Procedures” means Servicer’s policies, procedures and normal, day-to-day business practices in compliance with such policies and procedures and Servicer’s normal financial accounting guidelines for the conduct of the Business, all as existing

1


as of the Site Visit Date which shall not be changed or altered during the Interim Servicing Period unless the changed or altered policy, procedure or practice has been approved in writing by Purchaser or, if the Servicer will continue to be in the credit card business, is going to be applied to the Servicer’s entire credit card business, in which case Seller shall notify Purchaser of such change, as soon as possible.

           “Services” means those services necessary for Purchaser to administer the Accounts, including, but not limited to, those services listed in Article 3.

2.          DESIGNATION OF SERVICER

2.1       Designation of Servicer.

           (A)           The servicing, processing, administration and collection of the Accounts and Receivables shall be conducted by such Servicer designated in accordance with this Article 2.  Provided a Service Transfer Event has not occurred, Seller is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform (or caused to be performed) the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. 

           (B)           During the term hereof, Purchaser shall permit Servicer to retain possession of all Files purchased from Seller to Purchaser pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.  Servicer shall allow Purchaser access to such Files for copying and inspection by Purchaser or its agents during Servicer’s normal business hours and upon one (1) business day’s notice.  From time to time prior to the Conversion Date, Servicer shall deliver all or such portion or extracts of one or more of the Files as may be requested by Purchaser.  Such delivery shall be effected within one (1) to three (3) business days from Purchaser’s request, utilizing the delivery method specified by Purchaser. 

2.2       Replacement of Seller as Servicer.   In the event a Service Transfer Event shall have occurred hereunder, Purchaser shall be permitted, in its sole discretion, to designate another Person who shall act as Servicer hereunder in the place of Seller.  Such designation shall become effective on the date specified by Purchaser to Servicer in writing.  Seller shall comply with Purchaser’s reasonable requests in ensuring that the subsequent Servicer is provided unrestricted access to or given possession of the Files, whichever the case may be.  Such subsequent Servicer shall be solely responsible for any costs or expenses it incurs in connection with such service transfer.  Seller also shall provide prompt access to the subsequent Servicer to all computer files, magnetic tapes and any and all other media of any nature, kind and description whatsoever related specifically to the Accounts or Receivables, to assure a smooth and prompt transition of servicing rights hereunder.

3.         DUTIES OF SERVICER

3.1        Processing and Collection Services.

           (A)           Services Generally .  During the term of this Agreement, the Servicer shall administer the Accounts and Receivables and perform all Services under this Agreement with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention utilized by prudent lenders engaged in the issuance of credit cards.   Notwithstanding the generality of the preceding sentence, the Services shall include, without limitation:

2


 
(1)

the collection of Receivables in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof;

 

 
(2)

the prompt and timely posting of all payments to the appropriate Accounts;

 
(3)

the posting of all transactions, fees, and interest to the Accounts;

 
(4)

responding to inquiries from any governmental authority with jurisdiction over Seller;

 
(5)

the timely provision of periodic statements to all Obligors;

 
(6)

the provision of both voice and electronic authorization services with respect to Cardholder transactions;

 
(7)

the processing of credit line increases and requests for reinstatements;

 
(8)

the production of plastic cards as necessary to meet special replacement and normal reissue schedules and upon appropriate Cardholder request;

 
(9)

the provision of incoming interchange ticket processing services;

 
(10)

the timely processing of all purchases, advances, convenience or access checks, charge-backs, credits, and other transactions;

 
(11)

the provision of daily net settlement functions as more specifically described in Article 5 below;

 
(12)

the provision of customer service activities relating to the Accounts (including responding to inquiries from Obligors);

 
(13)

the performance of Account control activities to address overlimit, delinquent and lost/stolen Accounts which shall include statement messages, correspondence, phone contact and Account blocking (but which shall not include referral of Accounts to outside collection agencies or initiation of litigation);

 
(14)

the placement of lost/stolen Accounts on appropriate exception or warning bulletin files and, in such an event, the transfer of all Account information and legitimate Account transactions to replacement accounts and the reporting of all such accounts to Purchaser;

 
(15)

the appropriate notation on a Cardholder’s collection file and on any master file of any claim or defense asserted by such Cardholder with respect to or on behalf of any transaction;

 
(16)

the timely administration and processing of consumer credit counseling service proposals (a “CCCS Proposal”), as per Section 3.10 of this Agreement; and

 
(17)

the appropriate notation and reporting to credit bureaus of (i) credit information concerning Obligors; and (ii) any and all Accounts on which the Obligor’s spouse is an authorized user.

Servicer shall perform all Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Servicer’s Policies and Procedures (except to the extent expressly provided for in Sections 3.3, 3.7 and 5.3 hereof) all Requirements of Law, and all applicable operating regulations of MasterCard and VISA.  Any inconsistencies between this Agreement and Servicer’s Policies and Procedures shall be governed by this Agreement.

           (B)          Special Requests.      Notwithstanding Section 3.1(A) and subject to the terms of Section 11.2(B) hereof, if Purchaser reasonably requests, in writing, that Servicer: (i) perform Services hereunder in a manner different from Servicer’s Policies and Procedures; or (ii) conduct, or assist Purchaser in conducting, and tracking the results, of marketing, activation or retention programs during the Interim Servicing Period (including, but not limited to, mailing cash advance checks that are subject to a promotional annual percentage rate, applying new promotional annual percentage rates to cash or retail balances and/or transactions, promoting

3


balance transfers, outward and inward retention programs and credit line increases), Servicer agrees to take all reasonable steps to comply with such request at Purchaser’s expense (except with respect to the use of Servicer’s personnnel).

3.2        Maintenance of Benefit Agreements .     At all times throughout the term of this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed to by Purchaser and Servicer in writing, Servicer shall, for its part, maintain the Benefit Agreements and their respective services and products in full force and effect and shall maintain any and all benefits, enhancements, programs, products or services offered or provided to the Cardholders and/or the Accounts through Seller or any of Seller’s affiliates (“Other Enhancements”).  Additionally, Servicer shall respond to inquiries from Obligors and others regarding the services and programs available to Cardholders pursuant to the Benefit Agreements and the Other Enhancements.  In the event of any change in any of the products, services and benefits levels provided to Cardholders under the Benefit Agreements or Other Enhancements (which Purchaser acknowledges it does not have the right to acquire) occurring at any time during the term hereof, Servicer shall communicate with Purchaser as to the alternatives available to continue to provide such products, services and benefits levels and shall take all reasonable action to provide for the uninterrupted provision of the same, as reasonably requested by Purchaser.

3.3        Collection of Receivables.      Servicer shall undertake on Purchaser’s behalf to collect all payments of Receivables due with respect to any Account in accordance with the Servicer’s Policies and Procedures.  Servicer shall not have the power and authority to charge-off any Account, but shall charge-off any Account when requested by Purchaser. Servicer shall also not engage in the following practices throughout the term of this Agreement, unless consented to by Purchaser:

(i)

reaging Accounts (a re-age is defined as an adjustment of the payment amount, interest rate or present or past delinquent status of the Assets);

(ii)

settling on Accounts;

(iii)

fixing the payment or reducing the interest rate on Accounts; and

(iv)

taking or initiating any legal action or assigning the Accounts to a collection agency.

In a manner consistent with Servicer’s Policies and Procedures, Servicer may adjust the fees or small balances on an Account once during the term of this Agreement.  In addition to all information documented on the collection system, Servicer agrees to promptly provide Purchaser with a copy of any document or application associated with each permitted special payment arrangement.

3.4       Personnel Assistance.      Throughout the term hereof, Servicer shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to preserve its business organization relating to the Accounts intact, to keep available work force of a quality and quantity capable of rendering Services comparable to the services of its present employees.  In the event of a significant attrition of Servicer’s employees which affects the provision of the Services, the parties shall confer and consult in order to institute the steps necessary to ensure no interruption of the quality and quantity of Services to be rendered hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

3.5        Limited Power of Attorney.      Purchaser hereby appoints and empowers Seller as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution for the term hereof, to endorse, when

4


requested by Purchaser, any checks or other instruments made payable to Seller and submitted by an Obligor as payment on any Account for deposit on Purchaser’s behalf and for use in connection with the net settlement procedures set forth in Article 5 hereof.  Throughout the term hereof, this power of attorney shall be deemed to be a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.

3.6        Insurance.      Servicer agrees to maintain property insurance covering losses or damages to Purchaser for any of the following:

(i)

replacement cost of plastics in the custody of Servicer;

(ii)

coverage for any and all amounts necessary to reconstruct sales slips or other evidences of debt;

(iii)

coverage for any and all amounts necessary to replace magnetic tapes and reconstruct information stored on such magnetic tapes or any other medium whatsoever;

(iv)

coverage for additional expense incurred by Servicer which is required to allow Servicer to continue processing and servicing of Accounts and Receivables in accordance with this Agreement and Servicer’s Policies and Procedures in the event of a loss; and

(v)

coverage for any and all amounts necessary to replace all processing units, computer consoles or other computer hardware of Servicer used in connection with the processing or servicing of the Accounts and the Receivables in accordance with this Agreement and Servicer’s Policies and Procedures.

 

3.7         Applications in Process.      Servicer shall forward all at Purchaser’s expense consumer credit card applications received after the Closing Date and during the term of this Agreement to the Purchaser, in care of the individual designated on Exhibit B via overnight delivery within twenty-four (24) hours of its known receipt of the same to Purchaser for decisioning by Purchaser. Servicer shall forward all commercial credit card applications received after The Closing Date and during the term of this Agreement to the Purchaser, in care of the individual designated on Exhibit B via overnight delivery within twenty-four (24) hours of its known receipt of the same to Purchaser for decisioning by Purchaser.

3.8        Audit.      Purchaser shall be permitted, at any time during Servicer’s normal business hours and upon two (2) business days advance notice, to conduct an audit and review of the Accounts, Receivables and the methods of internal control established and implemented by Servicer with respect to the servicing of the Accounts and the Receivables pursuant to this Agreement to ensure compliance with this Agreement.  If, during or after the audit and review, Purchaser reasonably determines that Servicer is not in compliance with this Agreement, Purchaser shall meet with Servicer to discuss the changes that need to occur to resolve Servicer’s non-compliance and Purchaser’s representatives may thereafter stay on-site, until said changes are made, to assist with the changes or to ensure that the changes are made.

3.9        Segregation of Accounts.      At Closing and during all periods through the Conversion Date, Servicer shall, through the continued use of Seller’s existing bank identification numbers, maintain all information whatsoever relating to the Accounts and Receivables in a segregated format separate and distinct from Seller’s remaining card operations so that access to all such information is readily available to Purchaser.  In addition, all Accounts shall be uniquely flagged by Servicer to permit Seller to provide Purchaser with information about, and easy access to, the

5


Accounts as required by this Agreement and the Asset Purchase Agreement and to ensure a smooth and orderly deconversion as required by Section 10.

3.10      Change in Cardholder Status.

            (A)  Bankrupt Accounts.      Upon receipt by Servicer of a petition filed in bankruptcy by an Obligor or notice of such filing, Servicer shall promptly: (i) status the Account with an appropriate code to indicate the filing of such a petition, (ii) stop payments from being posted; and (iii) forward weekly to Purchaser, via overnight delivery, in care of the individual designated on Exhibit B, for each such affected Account, a copy of the notice of commencement of case, including case number and type of bankruptcy, any pleadings received, including proof of claim forms, Chapter 13 plans, a copy of the main collection screen and comments, statements for each of the last six months, original application, or copy thereof and a copy of any and all access checks written against the Account within the six months prior to the bankruptcy.  If Seller inadvertently files during the Interim Servicing Period a proof of claim in any bankruptcy case involving an Account, in addition to any other remedy available to Purchaser, Seller agrees to execute whatever documents are reasonably necessary to assign the proof of claim to Purchaser.

            (B)  Death of Cardholder .     Upon receipt of a death certificate of an Obligor or notice of such death, Servicer shall promptly:  (i) status the Account with an appropriate code to indicate the death of such Obligor, and (ii) forward weekly, for each Account, the death certificate, if available, the name of the individual who notified Seller of the death, and a copy of the main collection screen and comments to the individual designated on Exhibit B. 

            (C)  Consumer Credit Counseling Service Proposals .     Upon receipt of a CCCS Proposal, Servicer shall promptly forward the proposal and copy of the main collection screen and comments to the individual designated on Exhibit B via facsimile.

4.           COVENANTS

4.1        Negative Covenants of Servicer .     Servicer hereby makes the following covenants which shall be covenants of the Servicer throughout the term hereof:

         (A)            With respect to the Accounts and the Receivables, Servicer shall not take any action (other than actions necessary to service the Accounts and collect the Receivables consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the Asset Purchase Agreement) without the prior consent of Purchaser;

           (B)           Except as provided in Section 4.1 of the Asset Purchase Agreement, without the Purchaser’s written consent, Servicer shall not amend, terminate, or otherwise modify any terms or conditions of any Card Agreement, Benefit Agreement, agreement affecting any Other Enhancements or any Endorsement Agreements, or materially affect the enforceability of any Card Agreement, Benefit Agreement, agreement affecting any Other Enhancements or any Endorsement Agreements;

           (C)           Servicer shall not enter into any contract, agreement, or other arrangement with respect to the Services to be provided hereunder by Servicer, without the express prior written consent of Purchaser; such consent not to be unreasonably withheld by Purchaser;

6


           (D)           Servicer shall not communicate with any Obligor without the express prior written approval of Purchaser, except in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with Servicer’s Policies and Procedures or as required by applicable Requirements of Law; and

           (E)           Servicer shall not initiate or suggest any legal action with respect to any Account.

4.2       Affirmative Covenants of Servicer .     Servicer hereby makes the following additional covenants which shall be covenants of the Servicer throughout the term hereof:

           (A)           Servicer shall provide in a timely fashion, at Purchaser’s request, such management, delinquency and other reports for the Accounts as may be reasonably available to Servicer;

           (B)           Servicer shall timely and fully perform, and comply with all provisions of the Card Agreements, the Benefit Agreements (except as otherwise provided in Section 4.1 of the Asset Purchase Agreement) and any Endorsement Agreements;

           (C)           Servicer agrees to maintain the data communication lines, terminals, and other hardware currently located at Servicer’s facilities so as to give Purchaser direct access, at Servicer’s facilities, to the on-line information required for Purchaser to conduct a complete audit in accordance with Section 3.8;

           (D)           Servicer agrees to ensure that Purchaser has direct “read/report only” access to the Accounts, and all of Seller’s Card Processor reports that Seller had access to prior to the Closing Date, through two terminals at Purchaser’s facilities that are connected to Seller’s Card Processor’s systems and agrees to ensure that Purchaser may view and download all Account information and said reports from said terminals during the Interim Servicing Period.  Purchaser agrees that any cost related to the terminals or the access to, or downloading of, Account information or reports shall be Purchaser’s sole responsibility.  With respect to the terminals, Purchaser agrees to abide by the security and confidentiality procedures of both Seller and Seller’s Card Processor.  Servicer acknowledges and agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, the security and confidentiality procedures of Seller and Seller’s Card Processor will not obstruct, prohibit or limit Purchaser’s ability to view and download all Account information and reports from said terminals; and

           (E)           Servicer shall decline to authorize all properly coded internet gambling transactions so that they do not post to the Accounts.

4.3       Credit Decisioning/Compliance with Laws .     Purchaser shall make all credit decisions on applications forwarded to it by Servicer pursuant to Section 3.7.  Purchaser shall bear all credit risks, including, but not limited to, compliance risks, except for any compliance violations caused by Servicer’s delay in forwarding applications to Purchaser for decisioning.   

4.4       Mutual Covenants Concerning Property Rights.

          (A)          Except to the extent expressly provided for in Section 4.4(B) hereof, the parties to this Agreement shall regard and preserve as confidential all information of the other party obtained pursuant to the relationship created hereby, including without limitation, master file records and statistical data derived therefrom, computer programs, Account information, forms,

7


documents, training materials and system documentation (the “Confidential Information”).  Neither party shall, without first obtaining the written permission of the other party, use for its own benefit the Confidential Information of the other party, or disclose the Confidential Information to any Person, except to third parties currently retained by Servicer to assist in the performance of Servicer’s duties under this Agreement and except as may be necessary in order to comply with legal, accounting or regulatory requirements.  This section shall survive any termination whatsoever of this Agreement, except as may be necessary in order to comply with legal, accounting or regulatory requirements.

           (B)            The parties agree that information obtained pursuant hereto shall not be Confidential Information to the extent such information: (i) was in the receiving party’s possession or in the public domain at the time of the disclosing party’s initial disclosure; (ii) subsequently enters the public domain through no act or failure to act on the part of the receiving party; (iii) is lawfully obtained by the receiving party from a third party; provided such third party does not have a duty of confidentiality to the party owning such information.

           (C)           Servicer and Purchaser agree that the Assets, including, but not limited to, the master file records and any statistical or other data whatsoever derived therefrom, Files, Cards, forms, documents and all other information specifically related to the Accounts and the Receivables, are the property of, and shall remain confidential to, Purchaser and shall not be released by Servicer, its officers, directors, or employees or its agents, to any Person without the express prior written consent of Purchaser unless required by Requirements of Law.

5.            SETTLEMENT, REPORTS, CUSTOMER FUNDS, AND SPECIAL PROCEDURES

5.1            Settlement.

           (A)            Settlement Reports .     Servicer shall prepare and send to Purchaser, on the next business day following file maintenance processing, by facsimile to the individual designated on Exhibit B, the Seller’s generated reports and statements and the Seller’s system-generated, daily management reports relating to the Accounts and reflecting the Account credits and debits and other items necessary to complete the settlement procedures set forth herein, together with such additional documents and information as Purchaser may reasonably request. 

           (B)            Settlement Statement .     Servicer shall prepare and deliver to Purchaser (via facsimile to the individual designated on Exhibit B ), on the first business day following file maintenance processing, a settlement statement reflecting the following data as of the completion of such file maintenance (the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 5.1):

(1)

the aggregate amount paid by Servicer that day in respect of cash advances and credit card purchases on the Accounts plus those miscellaneous debit advises (i.e., charge backs and supporting charge back documentation with a transaction date on or after the Closing Date); and

(2)

the aggregate amount of funds received by Servicer on behalf of Purchaser as collections on the Receivables plus returned merchandise credits and miscellaneous fee advises received by Servicer on such business day.  Servicer shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to transmit the settlement statement to Purchaser by facsimile no later than 12:00 p.m., prevailing eastern time.

8


          If the difference between (1) and (2) above is positive (i.e., the amount computed under (1) exceeds the amount computed under (2)), Purchaser shall pay the amount of the difference to Servicer. 

          If the difference is negative, Servicer shall pay the amount of the difference to Purchaser.  The party owing the amount shall pay such amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds no later than 3:00 p.m., prevailing eastern time, on the same day that Servicer provides the related settlement statement to Purchaser by 12:00 p.m.

           (C)            Settlement Communication.      In addition, Servicer and Purchaser shall each provide to the other, settlement information by phone, and confirm via telefax if requested by either party.  Purchaser and Servicer shall make available to each other contacts throughout their respective credit card account operations in order to facilitate settlement.  The requirements of this Section are subject to change as mutually agreed upon by the parties pending further review and familiarity with Servicer’s accounting operation.

           (D)            Settlement of Interchange income.      Interchange income shall be settled daily as mutually agreed upon between Servicer and Purchaser. 

            (E)            Segmentation.      Servicer agrees that if it is unable to properly segment settlement information and applicable reporting materials for the Receivables, upon Purchaser’s request, Servicer shall manually segment the Accounts and provide to Purchaser such necessary information in accordance with the time frames noted above.  

           (F)            Settlement of Credit Life Insurance .     On a monthly basis, Servicer and Purchaser shall also settle the credit life insurance net premiums billed on the Accounts.  Seller hereby assigns to Purchaser and Purchaser shall hereby be entitled to the net premiums Seller would otherwise be entitled to pursuant to any existing agreement of Seller’s under which credit insurance is provided and which has been billed to each Cardholder (which shall be an amount equal to premiums received from each Cardholders less adjustments, and fees due Servicer’s insurance provider).

5.2            Reports.

           (A)            Servicer Reports .     Servicer shall send to Purchaser within one (1) business day after preparation or receipt, a copy of all reports customarily issued by or on behalf of Servicer with respect to the Accounts for the prior day, along with such information as may be available and as may be reasonably requested by Purchaser. All such reports shall be sent to the individual designated on Exhibit B via facsimile and overnight mail.

           (B)            Credit Reports .     During the term of this Agreement, Servicer shall forward to Purchaser to the individual designated on Exhibit B via facsimile the following:

           (1)   Daily reports.  By facsimile, daily reports prepared by or on behalf of Servicer   setting forth the following information for the Accounts:

9


(a)

total dollars outstanding in the Accounts and the number of Accounts outstanding; and

 

 

(b)

total dollars outstanding and the number of Accounts outstanding for each delinquency level, including those Accounts that are one (1) cycle delinquent.

 

          (2)          Monthly reports.  

(a)

Via regular (overnight?)mail and facsimile, at the end of each month, a monthly report prepared by Servicer that lists Account number and Account balance for each Account that meets one of the following criteria:

 

 

 

(i)

bankrupt Cardholder;

 

(ii)

deceased Cardholder;

 

(iii)

consumer credit counseling participation;

 

(iv)

fraud or security related occurrence (including all applicable file information); or

 

(v)

charged-off (including the following information regarding any transactions that may occur after charge-off: (1) transaction date; (2) description of transaction; and (3) amount of transaction.

 

 

 

(b)

Via mail and facsimile, at the end of each month, monthly operations reports prepared by Servicer setting forth the following information for the Accounts:

 

 

 

 

(i)

the average credit limit;

 

(ii)

the most recent credit line increase; and behavior/FICO score distribution.

 

 

 

(c)

Via mail and facsimile, at the end of each month, a monthly report prepared by Servicer that lists, within each delinquency level (including those that are one (1) level delinquent)  the number of Accounts and total Account balances, with a breakdown within each delinquency level the number of accounts and related balances within each of the following categories:  bankruptcy, deceased, consumer counseling programs, accounts with balances less than $500 and regular accounts (i.e., the remaining accounts that don’t fit within one of the above categories).

                Deliveries by mail shall be sent to the individual designated on Exhibit B.

(C)            Customer Service Reports .     On a bi-weekly basis, Servicer shall forward to Purchaser, via facsimile sent to the individual designated on Exhibit B

(1)

Credit balance refund reports, prepared by or on behalf of Servicer, setting forth the following information for the Accounts:

 

(a)

account number;

(b)

original credit balance due;

10


(c)

dollar amount;

(d)

age of the credit balance in months; and

(e)

documentation provided for cause of credit balances beyond five (5) months of age.

(2)          In-process customer dispute correspondence reports, prepared by Servicer or on behalf of Servicer, by category:

(a)

Chargebacks:

 

(1) account number; (2) reference number; (3) original chargeback date; (4) dollar amount; and (5) post and transaction dates.

(b)

Representments:

 

(1) account number; (2) reference number; (3) original chargeback date and date of representment; (4) dollar amount; (5) representment age; and (6) resolution (re-bill Customer or represent).

(c)

Compliance, Arbitration and Collections letters:

 

(1) account number; (2) reference number; (3) filing date and/or origination date; (4) dollar amount; and (5) status.

           (D)            Other reports.      Purchaser may request that it receive such reports on some other basis after evaluating the information contained in the reports.

           (E)            Fraud Report.      Seller also agrees to provide Purchaser at Conversion with a report that lists the Accounts where fraud or unauthorized use has occurred, which report shall contain all of Seller’s documentation regarding said fraud or unauthorized use.

5.3       Special Procedures.

            (A)           During the term of this Agreement, Servicer shall designate Carolyn Newsome, at (229) 890-1111, as the contact for all collection related questions from Purchaser.

            (B)           Servicer shall document the receipt of any post-dated checks on the Accounts in Servicer’s collection comments and provide such comments to Purchaser at the time of conversion.

           (C)           Servicer agrees to remove all Accounts from any auto-dial system utilized by Servicer on the Conversion Date.

           (D)           Servicer shall respond to any credit line increase request and credit maintenance request for any Account in accordance with Servicer’s Policies and Procedures.

           (E)           Servicer agrees to eliminate the Accounts from any automated line increase program on or after the Closing Date.

           (F)           Servicer agrees to eliminate the Accounts from any program designed to, among other things, increase usage of the Accounts unless otherwise agreed to by Purchaser. 

11


           (G)           Servicer shall not provide any of the Services to any Account after the end of the Interim Servicing Period except as required by the Asset Purchase Agreement or as otherwise agreed to by the parties in writing.

6.            COMPENSATION

6.1         Compensation .     In consideration for Servicer’s providing the Services described herein, Purchaser shall pay to Servicer, during the period from Closing Date through Conversion Date, inclusive, a fee of three dollars ($3.00) per calendar month for each Billed Account outstanding during the month (pro-rated for partial months pursuant to section 6.2).

6.2          Payment .     During the term hereof, Servicer shall invoice Purchaser promptly after (i) the last day of each calendar month for the compensation due Servicer pursuant to Section 6.1 for such month and (ii) promptly after the Conversion Date for the compensation due Servicer pursuant to Section 6.1 for the period from the end of the most recent calendar month for which Servicer has invoiced Purchaser through the Conversion Date.  In the event of a payment computed hereunder on a monthly basis for any period of time less than a full month, such payment will be calculated as follows: take the prior month’s number of Billed Accounts and multiply that by a fraction the denominator of which is the number of days in the current calendar month and the numerator is the number of days lapsed in the current calendar month and then multiply that result by $3.00.  Payment shall be due no later than the five (5) business days after receipt by Purchaser of such invoice. 

6.3            Servicer’s Delay.      In the event that Servicer fails to perform as required by Section 10 of this Agreement and the Conversion Date agreed to by the parties is delayed solely as a result of such failure, Purchaser, at its option, may elect not to pay Servicer the compensation set forth in Section 6.1 for any period following such agreed upon Conversion Date, even though Servicer remains obligated to perform the Services.

6.5            Conversion Schedule.  

           (A)           For each Conversion Schedule deadline missed by the Servicer through no fault of Purchaser, Servicer will pay Purchaser a penalty of $500 per day until the required material is provided to Purchaser.  The penalty amount shall be paid to Purchaser by Servicer by the end of the month in which the penalty amount was assessed, or at Purchaser’s option, deducted from any future interim servicing fees.

           (B)           If Servicer fails to provide all of the information required, or fails to provide the information in the format or manner required and agreed to by the parties in the Conversion Schedule, in each case through no fault of Purchaser, Servicer shall pay Purchaser the incremental costs incurred by Purchaser as a result of such failure.  The incremental costs of Purchaser shall be paid by Servicer within 10 business days after receipt of a reasonably detailed invoice from Purchaser.

7.        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER

Servicer hereby represents, warrants  and covenants to Purchaser as follows:

12


7.1      Appropriate Resources .       Servicer has and shall maintain throughout the term of this Agreement all necessary facilities, manpower, equipment, supplies, insurance, and such other resources as are necessary to provide the Services.

7.2      Administration of Accounts; Compliance with Laws.      The Services provided by Servicer will be performed so as to permit the administration and operation of the Accounts in  accordance with this Agreement.

7.3      Contingency Procedures .     The contingency procedures currently used by Servicer as disclosed to Purchaser, including but not limited to contingency procedures for data processing, telecommunications, payment processing and off-site maintenance and retention of Accounts and File information will continue to be used by Servicer throughout the term of this Agreement.

7.4      Performance of Services .     Unless otherwise expressly agreed to by Purchaser in writing, Servicer shall directly perform all Services related to the Accounts and Receivables pursuant to systems, software, and applications used by Servicer.  Servicer has no agreements, contracts or other understandings or arrangements with any third party whatsoever related to the Services, the Accounts and the Receivables, other than those agreements Purchaser has been informed of and which are currently in effect pursuant to which such third party performs any of the Services, processing, collection or other activity relating to the Accounts or Receivables to be performed hereunder.

8.         TERM OF AGREEMENT

This Agreement shall become effective as of the Closing Date and shall continue until Purchaser’s Card Processor assumes all of the Services, which is expected to occur in the second quarter of 2003 or until such other date as mutually agreed upon or until Purchaser designates another servicer.

9.        SERVICE TRANSFER EVENTS

The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Service Transfer Event hereunder whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time or both, or any other condition has been satisfied:

           (A)            MasterCard/VISA Termination.   Servicer’s membership and/or agreement with MasterCard and/or VISA shall be terminated or an event shall occur which under the terms of such membership or agreement would constitute, or upon the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute, an event of default thereunder; or

           (B)            Bankruptcy; Receivership. (1) Any governmental authority shall: (i) adjudicate Servicer a debtor in bankruptcy; (ii) appoint a trustee or receiver for all or a substantial part of the property of Servicer; (iii) approve a petition for bankruptcy or reorganization pursuant to federal bankruptcy law for Servicer; (2) Servicer shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or make an admission of inability to pay its debts generally as they become due; or (3) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction over Servicer shall assume control of or appoint a conservator or receiver for all or substantially all of the assets of Servicer; or

13


           (C)            Breach of Agreement.      The failure to perform the Services as provided for herein or any other material breach of any provision of this Agreement; or

           (D)            Breach of Representations and Warranties.      Any material breach of Servicer’s representations and warranties contained herein.

10 .      DECONVERSION

In recognition of the importance of ensuring a smooth and orderly transition that is as indiscernible to the Cardholders as practicably possible, Seller shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts in the deconversion of the Accounts and Receivables from the Seller’s processing system to Purchaser’s system.  Seller agrees that it shall, at its sole cost and expense, provide or cause Seller’s Card Processor to provide (in a timely fashion that meets all of the deconversion timelines established by Purchaser and agreed to by Seller in the Conversion Schedule, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A ) such deconversion tapes and transmissions and other necessary materials in a form reasonably requested by Purchaser as reasonably necessary to install and maintain the information contained therein on Purchaser’s system.  Seller agrees to make all such requests of Seller’s Card Processor as may be reasonably necessary to ensure the transition of the processing of the Accounts and Receivables to the Purchaser, which both parties agree includes having the Seller’s Card Processor agree in writing to the Conversion Schedule the Servicer and Purchaser agree to in accordance with the above requirements.  Seller shall, if requested by Purchaser, participate in and attend, at Seller’s own expense, the on-site meeting that occurs between Purchaser’s Card Processor and Seller’s Card Processor to perform field to field mapping.

11.       INDEMNIFICATION

11.1     Indemnification of Purchaser.      Servicer agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Purchaser, its subsidiaries, affiliates, and their respective officers, directors and employees, harmless of and from any claim, proceeding, suit, damage, liability, loss, cost, charge or expense or any other liability of every nature, kind and description whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred or suffered by Purchaser, by reason of, resulting from or arising directly or indirectly out of:

          (A)          the failure by Servicer to properly perform its duties and obligations hereunder in a timely manner through the Conversion Date including, without limitation, the failure by the Servicer or its agents, directors, officers, servants or employees to comply with any Requirements of Law or with applicable MasterCard and VISA operating regulations in connection therewith; or

          (B)          the breach of any of Servicer’s representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein.

11.2     Indemnification of Servicer.      Purchaser agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Servicer, its subsidiaries, affiliates, and their respective officers, directors and employees, harmless of and from any claim, proceeding, suit, damage, liability, loss, cost, charge, or expense or any other liability of every nature, kind and description whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred or suffered by Servicer, by reason of, resulting from or arising directly or indirectly out of:

14


          (A)          the failure by Purchaser to properly perform its duties and obligations hereunder in a timely manner through the Conversion Date including, without limitation, the failure by the Purchaser or its agents, directors, officers, servants or employees to comply with any Requirements of Law or with applicable MasterCard and VISA operating regulations in connection therewith;

          (B)          the provision of Services in a manner other than as set forth in Servicer’s Policies and Procedures as a result of Purchaser’s request or the express provisions of this Agreement provided that, indemnification against Purchaser shall exist only if such Services were rendered substantially in accordance with Purchaser’s request or the express provisions of this Agreement; or

          (C)           the breach of any of Purchaser’s representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein.

11.3     Manner of Handling Claims.  

          (A)          Either Purchaser or Seller, as the indemnified party pursuant to Section 11. 1 or Section 11. 2 hereof, as the case may be, shall give prompt written notice to the other, as the indemnifying party, of any claim by such indemnified party based on the indemnity agreements contained in this Agreement, stating the nature and basis of the claim and the amount thereof, if known. 

          (B)          If it is a third party claim, following receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such claim and to the extent it shall wish to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and, after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to the indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by the indemnified party, in the conduct of the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.  The indemnified party shall be permitted to participate in the defense of such claim and may retain additional counsel of its choice at its own expense.  If, however, the defendants in such action include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and the indemnified party shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel, reasonably acceptable to the indemnifying party, which shall be paid for by the indemnifying party.  An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any claim or action settled without its consent.  The indemnified party shall make available to the indemnifying party and its counsel and accountants at reasonable time and for reasonable periods, during normal business hours, all books and records of the indemnified party relating to any possible claim for indemnification and each party hereunder will render to the other such assistance as it may reasonably require of the other in order to ensure the prompt and adequate defense of any suit, claim or proceeding based upon a state of facts which may give rise to a right of indemnification hereunder.

11.4      Subrogation .     The indemnifying party shall be subrogated to any claims or rights of the indemnified party as against any other persons with respect to any amounts paid by the indemnifying party under this Section.  The indemnified party shall cooperate with the

15


indemnifying party, at the indemnifying party’s expense, in the indemnifying party’s assertion of any such claim.

11.5     Mitigation of Losses .     Each of Servicer and Purchaser shall use reasonable efforts to minimize (and Purchaser shall cause any assignee or transferee of its rights or obligations hereunder to use its reasonable efforts to minimize)any losses for which any other party hereto may be liable pursuant to this Agreement.

11.6     Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants .     Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, all representations, warranties, covenants contained in this Agreement shall survive for a period of two years after the Conversion Date (as such term is defined in the Asset Purchase Agreement).

11.7     Survival of Indemnification and Other Limitations .     Indemnification under this Article IX shall be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.4 of the Asset Purchase Agreement.

12.        ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

12.1      Expenses.      Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, any other costs, expenses, or other charges incurred by either of the parties hereto shall be borne by the party incurring such cost, expense or charge whether or not the series of transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated.

12.2     Notices.      Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, any notice, payment, demand  or any other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and delivered via by hand or overnight courier or telefaxed to the applicable party or parties at the address indicated below:

If to Seller:

If to Purchaser:

 

 

Southland Bank

MBNA America Bank, N.A.

c/o ABC Bancorp

1100 N. King Street

24 2 nd Avenue SE

Wilmington, Delaware 19884-0144

Moultrie, Georgia  31768

 

Attn: Mike McDonald

Attn:  Jeff Fincher

Senior Vice President

Executive Vice President

Fax #:  (229) 873-4456

Fax #:  (302) 432-2957

 

 

With copies (which will not constitute notice to the parties hereto) to:

 

 

 

Steven E. Fox, Esq.

Diana Cebrick

Rogers & Hardin LLP

Counsel

2700 International Tower, Peachtree Center

 

229 Peachtree Street, N.E.

 

Atlanta, Georgia  30303

 

16


or, as to each party at such other address as may be designated from time to time by such party or parties by like notice to the other parties, complying with this Section.  All such notices, payments, demands or other communications shall be deemed validly given and legally effective when received.

12.3       Severability.      If any term or condition of this Agreement should be held invalid by a court, arbitrator or tribunal of competent jurisdiction in any respect, such invalidity shall not affect the validity of any other term or condition hereof.  If any term or condition of this Agreement should be held to be unreasonable as to time, scope or otherwise by such a court, arbitrator or tribunal, it shall be construed by limiting or reducing it to the minimum extent so as to be enforceable under then applicable law.  The parties hereto acknowledge that they would have executed this Agreement with any such invalid term or condition excluded or with any such unreasonable term or condition so limited or reduced.

12.4     Specific Performance.      The parties hereto hereby expressly recognize and acknowledge that immediate, extensive and irreparable damage would result in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced.  Therefore, in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other remedy available to Purchaser or Servicer, subject to Section 12.12  hereof, the respective rights and obligations of an aggrieved party hereunder shall be enforceable in a court of equity by a decree of specific performance and appropriate injunctive relief may be applied for and granted in connection therewith.  Such remedies and any and all other remedies provided for in this Agreement shall, however, be cumulative in nature and not exclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedies whatsoever which any party may have under this Agreement or otherwise.

12.5     Entire Agreement and Amendments.      This Agreement, together with the Asset Purchase Agreement and the Joint Marketing Agreement between Purcahser and Seller, constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with regard to the specific subject matter hereof and supersede all prior written and/or oral understandings between the parties.  This Agreement may not be amended except pursuant to a writing signed by the parties.

12.6     Waiver.      Any waiver by either party of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Agreement.  Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the party to be charged therewith.

12.7     Assignment.      Neither party shall assign this Agreement without the written consent of the other and any attempted assignment without said consent shall be null, void and without any effect whatsoever; provided, that Purchaser may assign any or all of its rights hereunder to any affiliate or subsidiary of MBNA Corporation, a Maryland corporation.   Any such assignment shall not relieve Purchaser from its obligations hereunder.

12.8       Other Documents.      Any list, summary or other document provided or delivered pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby are incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof.

12.9     Construction.      The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed, enforced by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excepting only those conflicts of laws provisions which would serve to defeat the operation of Delaware substantive law). 

17


12.10   No Third Party Beneficiaries.      This Agreement is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto; nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant to any person other that the parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

12.11   Further Assurances.      The parties hereto hereby agree to do such further acts and things, and to execute and deliver such additional conveyances, assignments, agreements and instruments, as either may at any time reasonably request in order to better assure and confirm unto each party their respective rights, powers and remedies conferred hereunder.

12.12      Counterparts .     Provided that all parties hereto execute a copy of this Agreement, this Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  The parties acknowledge that delivery of executed copies of this Agreement may be effected by facsimile or other comparable means.

12.13     Headings .     The headings contained herein are included solely for case of reference and in no way shall limit, expand or otherwise affect either the substance or construction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the intent of the parties hereto.

12.14     No Agency .     The parties agree that in performing their responsibilities pursuant to this Agreement, they are in a position of independent contractors.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute the parties hereto as partners or joint venturers, and neither party hereto shall be deemed to be an agent of any nature, kind and description whatsoever of the other.

12.15     Force Majeure .     Neither party shall be in breach hereunder by reason of its delay in the performance of or failure to perform any of its obligations herein if such delay or failure is caused by acts of God or the public enemy, riots, incendiaries, interference by military authorities or any other similar event beyond its reasonable control or without its fault or negligence.

12.16     Time of the Essence.      Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of this Agreement.

18


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers  as of the day and year first above written.

SELLER:
 

 

PURCHASER:

 
 

 

 

S OUTHLAND B ANK
 

 

MBNA A MERICA B ANK , N.A.

By:

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

By:

/s/ W ILLIAM P. M ORRISON , S R .

 

 

 


Name:

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt

 

Name:

William P. Morrison, Sr.

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

Title:

Senior Executive Vice President

19


EXHIBIT A

Conversion Schedule


EXHIBIT B

PURCHASER DESIGNATED INDIVIDUALS

3.7     Applications in Process.

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address

Address

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

3.10   Change in Cardholder Status.

(A)   Bankrupt Accounts.

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

(B)    Death of Cardholder.

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

(C)   Consumer Credit Counseling Service Proposals.

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

5.1     Settlement.

(A)    Settlement Reports. 

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile


(B)    Settlement Statement

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

5.2    Reports.

(A)    Servicer Reports.

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

(B)    Credit Reports. 

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile

(C)    Customer Service Reports. 

Consumer credit card accounts

Commercial credit card accounts

Name

Name

Address with mailstop

Address with mailstop

Telephone

Telephone

Facsimile

Facsimile


SCHEDULE I

CONVERSION FILE REQUIREMENTS

Exhibit 10.18

ABC BANCORP
JOINT MARKETING AGREEMENT

This Agreement is entered into as of this 19 th day of December, 2002 by and between MBNA AMERICA BANK, N.A., a national banking association having its principal place of business in Wilmington, Delaware (“MBNA”), and ABC BANCORP, a Georgia corporation having its principal place of business in Moultrie, Georgia  (“ABC”), for themselves and their respective successors and assigns.

1.           DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms specifically defined elsewhere in this Agreement, when used in this Agreement, the term:

(a)        “ABC Affiliate” means any entity which, directly or indirectly, owns or controls, is owned or controlled by, or is under common ownership or control with, ABC.

 (b)       “ABC Customer” means a past or present customer of ABC and/or other potential participants mutually agreed to by ABC and MBNA.

 (c)        “Acquired Account” means a retail consumer credit card account purchased by MBNA from an ABC Affiliate pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement.   ABC agrees that the Acquired Accounts shall not generate any Royalty compensation.

(d)         “Acquired Business Account” means a business credit card account purchased by MBNA from an ABC Affiliate pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement. ABC agrees that the Acquired Business Accounts shall not generate any Royalty compensation.

(e)         “Agreement” means this agreement and Schedules A, B and C.

(f)         “Asset Purchase Agreement” means the asset purchase agreement executed concurrently herewith by and between MBNA and ABC or an ABC Affiliate whereby MBNA is to purchase certain retail and business credit card accounts of ABC or an ABC Affiliate.

(g)        “Branch Solicitation Program” or “BSP” means any marketing or other program whereby ABC or an ABC Affiliate distributes take-one applications for the Program at its branches or in ABC or an ABC Affiliate Customer statements, or ABC or an ABC Affiliate conducts solicitation efforts for the Program, and the parties mutually agree that each such program shall constitute a BSP.

(h)        “BSP Account” means a Credit Card Account opened by a person pursuant to a BSP in which ABC or an ABC Affiliate complies with the BSP provisions of this Agreement. A “Reward BSP Account” means a Reward Credit Card Account opened by a person pursuant to a BSP in which ABC or an ABC Affiliate complies with the BSP provisions of the Agreement.

(i)        “Business” means any corporation, partnership, organization, association, proprietorship or other entity.

1


(j)       “Business Credit Card Account” means a business credit card account opened by an ABC Customer in response to marketing efforts made pursuant to the Program.

(k)      “Cardholder” means any ABC Customer (including, without limitation, any employee or agent thereof) who is a participant in the Program.

(l)       “Credit Card Account” means a consumer credit card account opened by an ABC Customer in response to marketing efforts made pursuant to the Program. A “Reward Credit Card Account” means a credit card account carrying the Reward Enhancement and opened pursuant to the Program.

(m)       “Credit Card Services” means consumer credit card programs, business credit card programs, charge card programs, debit card programs, and travel and entertainment card programs.

(n)        “Effective Date” means the date upon which MBNA acquires from ABC or an ABC Affiliate certain credit card accounts pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement which must be executed by January 31, 2003 and closing must occur by January 31, 2003 or such other date as the parties must mutually agree upon, otherwise this Agreement shall terminate without liability.

(o)        “Mailing List” means an updated and current lists and/or magnetic tapes (in a format designated by MBNA) containing names, postal addresses and, when available, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses of ABC Customers other than ABC Customers who were customers of a 3 rd Party prior to an Event (subject to the provisions of Section 2(l)), segmented by zip codes or reasonably selected customer characteristics.

(p)        “Nonpublic Personal Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 509(4) of GLBA and the applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(q)        “Program” means those programs and services of the Credit Card Services MBNA agrees to offer pursuant to this Agreement to the ABC Customers from time to time.

(r)        “Reward Enhancement” means the loyalty reward enhancement as provided through MBNA and offered as part of the Program for Reward Credit Card Accounts.  MBNA reserves the right to change the name(s) of the Reward Enhancement, in its sole discretion, from time to time.

(s)        “Royalties” means the compensation set forth in Schedule B.

(t)        “Trademarks” means any design, image, visual representation, logo, service mark, trade dress, trade name, or trademark used or acquired by ABC or any ABC Affiliate during the term of this Agreement.

2.            RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF ABC

(a)          ABC agrees that during the term of this Agreement it will endorse the Program exclusively and that neither ABC nor any ABC Affiliate  shall, by itself or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly: (i) sponsor, advertise, aid, develop, market, solicit proposals for

2


programs offering, or discuss with any organization (other than MBNA) the providing of, any Credit Card Services of any organization other than MBNA; (ii) license or allow others to license or use the Trademarks in relation to or for promoting any Credit Card Services of any entity other than MBNA; and (iii) sell, rent or otherwise make available or allow others to sell, rent or otherwise make available any of its mailing lists or information about any current or potential ABC Customers in relation to or for promoting any Credit Card Services of any entity other than MBNA.

(b)          ABC agrees to provide MBNA with such information and assistance as may be reasonably requested by MBNA in connection with the Program.

(c)          ABC authorizes MBNA to solicit its ABC Customers by mail, direct promotion, internet, advertisements and/or telephone for participation in the Program.

(d)          ABC shall have the right of prior written approval of all Program advertising and solicitation materials to be used by MBNA which contain a Trademark; such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  In the event that MBNA incurs a cost because of a change requested by ABC ( e.g. , the cost of reissuing new credit cards), MBNA may deduct such costs from Royalties due ABC.  In the event such costs exceed Royalties then due ABC, ABC shall promptly reimburse MBNA for all such costs.

(e)          Within 14 business days of the request of MBNA, ABC shall provide MBNA with the Mailing List free of any charge; provided, however, that ABC shall not include in any Mailing List the name and/or related information regarding any person who has expressly requested that ABC not provide his/her personal information to third parties or any person with respect to whom applicable law prohibits ABC from disclosing such personal information.  In the event that MBNA incurs a cost because of a charge assessed by ABC or its agents for an initial Mailing List or an update to that list, MBNA may deduct such costs from Royalties due ABC.  ABC shall provide the first Mailing List, containing at least seventy-five thousand (75,000) non-duplicate names (of persons at least eighteen years of age) with corresponding valid postal addresses and, when available, telephone numbers and e-mail addresses, as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than thirty (30) days after ABC’s execution of this Agreement.

(f)          ABC shall only communicate with ABC Customers or potential ABC Customers on an individual basis about the Program in a manner that (i) accurately and clearly represents the Program, and (ii) is in compliance with applicable law and regulation.  ABC may respond to ABC Customer inquiries by referring such inquiries to MBNA or by distributing then-current advertising and solicitation materials provided by MBNA to ABC to the ABC Customer. Otherwise, ABC shall not communicate with ABC Customers or potential ABC Customers about the Program without MBNA’s prior written  approval.  Any correspondence received by ABC that is intended for MBNA ( e.g. , applications, payments, billing inquiries, etc.) shall be forwarded to the MBNA account executive via overnight courier within 24 hours of receipt.  All charges incurred for this service will be paid by MBNA.

(g)          ABC hereby grants MBNA and its affiliates a limited, exclusive license to use the Trademarks solely in conjunction with the Program, including the promotion thereof. This license may be transferred upon permitted assignment of this Agreement. This license shall remain in effect for the duration of this Agreement and shall apply to the Trademarks

3


notwithstanding the transfer of such Trademarks by operation of law or otherwise to any permitted successor, corporation, organization or individual.  ABC shall provide MBNA all Trademark production materials ( e.g. , camera ready art) required by MBNA for the Program, as soon as reasonably possible, but no later than thirty (30) days after ABC’s execution of this Agreement.  Nothing stated in this Agreement prohibits ABC from granting to other persons a license to use the Trademarks in conjunction with the providing of any other service or product, except for any Credit Card Services.

(h)          ABC shall permit MBNA to advertise the Program on its home page and at other prominent locations within the internet site of ABC.  MBNA may establish a “hot-link” from such advertisements to another internet site to enable a person to apply for a Credit Card Account.  Any Credit Card Accounts generated pursuant to such a “hot-link” shall entitle ABC to the BSP compensation set forth in Schedule B, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.  ABC shall modify or remove such advertisements within twenty-four (24) hours of MBNA’s request.  MBNA’s “hot-link” from ABC’s internet site shall direct the person to an application for or information about the Program and at no time shall such hot-link (i) provide any advertisement of or access to any product other than Credit Card Services; and (ii) provide any advertisement that directly targets children.  MBNA shall (x) use commercially reasonable best efforts to ensure that its “hot-link” remains valid and that computer or cyber hackers or others cannot re-route the “hot-link” or persons using ABC’s internet site to any website that ABC deems to be objectionable, in its sole reasonable discretion; (y) at all times post on its “hot-link” location an additional  “hot-link” button so that ABC Customers have access to MBNA’s privacy notice; and (z) notify ABC in advance if the destination page of MBNA’s “hot-link” has changed.  ABC reserves the right to remove any “hot-link” or advertisement from its internet website if ABC, in its sole reasonable discretion, deems such “hot-link” or advertisement to be in violation of the terms of this Agreement or otherwise objectionable. 

(i)          ABC shall ensure that at all times at least one officer or employee located at each of its then-existing branch offices (including, without limitation, any newly opened branch offices and/or branch offices acquired through merger, consolidation or otherwise) has attended, a credit card sales orientation program to be conducted by MBNA (each, a “Sales Associate Program”).  MBNA may, at its sole discretion, conduct Sales Associate Programs to assist ABC in ensuring that at least one Sales Associate Program attendee is located at each ABC branch office.  Subject to the foregoing, the timing, place and like details regarding each Sales Associate Program shall be as mutually agreed by the parties.  Each party will be responsible for its own costs associated with having officers or employees attend each Sales Associate Program.

(j)          If ABC is not, as of the Effective Date, a licensee of the MasterCard International Incorporated and/or Visa U.S.A., Inc. credit card systems as necessary or appropriate to permit ABC to fully perform this Agreement, ABC shall, at ABC’s expense, promptly obtain and maintain such license(s) and re-licensing as necessary or appropriate to enable ABC to fulfill completely its obligations hereunder and to participate in the activities contemplated by this Agreement.  Failure by ABC to promptly obtain any such license(s) shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement by ABC.

(k)          ABC agrees to comply with applicable MasterCard International Incorporated and/or Visa U.S.A., Inc. regulations and/or requirements, including, but not limited to, the requirement that ABC process cash advances at ABC locations. 

4


(l)          If ABC or any ABC Affiliate is a party to a merger, consolidation or acquisition (“Event”) and the other party(ies) (the “3 rd Party”) to the Event becomes part of ABC or an ABC Affiliate, or all or substantially all its assets are placed in ABC or in an ABC Affiliate (each the “Surviving Entity”), the following terms shall apply, and ABC shall cause each ABC Affiliate to comply with the provisions set forth herein:

(i)     if prior to the Event the 3 rd Party was an issuer of any Credit Card Services to persons and/or entities resident or located in the United States of America (an “Existing Credit Card Program”), the Surviving Entity:  (x)  shall not accept or negotiate an offer or proposal from any other entity or person to purchase such United States credit card accounts and related receivables in the Existing Credit Card Program (“Assets”) until MBNA has submitted its offer to the Surviving Entity to purchase the Assets and the Surviving Entity has, in good faith, considered such offer from MBNA; (y) shall within one hundred and twenty days after the Event, cease all marketing for new accounts under the Existing Credit Card Program; and (z) shall not use, or permit others to use, any of the Trademarks in connection with the Existing Credit Card Program.  The Surviving Entity shall provide MBNA with prior written notice of an Event and with such information as is reasonably necessary or reasonably requested to develop an offer for the Assets.  If the Surviving Entity and MBNA cannot, within one hundred twenty (120) days after MBNA’s receipt of such notice, agree on the terms upon which MBNA would purchase the Assets, the Surviving Entity may either sell the Assets or continue to administer the Assets so that all new credit card account acquisition marketing is ceased and no Program Trademarks or  Mailing Lists are used in such administration. If the Surviving Entity cannot obtain a third party entity to purchase the Assets, the parties agree to develop a marketing program to encourage cardholders of the Existing Credit Card Program to accept a solicitation for a Credit Card Account under the Program and to conduct a balance transfer to promote the transferring of the outstanding balance over to the New Credit Card Account.

 

 

(ii)     if prior to the Event, the 3rd Party had an existing agent bank agreement (other than with MBNA) relating to offering any Credit Card Service to persons and/or entities resident or located in the United States of America (and thus was not itself an issuer of a Credit Card Service) (“Existing Agent Bank Agreement”), the Surviving Entity shall use commercially reasonable best efforts to terminate the Existing Agent Bank Agreement as soon as possible; provided that the Surviving Entity shall not be required to pay any interest, fees or penalties in connection with such termination.  If the Existing Agent Bank Agreement is not terminated prior to the Event, the Surviving Entity may continue the Existing Agent Bank Agreement and perform all of its obligations thereunder, but shall not: (x) permit such agreement to be renewed or extended and shall ensure that said agreement continues only until the end of its current term (as determined on the date of the Event); (y) provide, directly or indirectly, the other party to the Existing Agent Bank Agreement with any names and addresses that MBNA has a right to under this Agreement prior to the Event; and (z) use or permits others to use the Trademarks in connection with the Existing Agent Bank Agreement.  For purposes of clarification, only those trademarks or names of the 3 rd Party that were part of the Existing Agent Bank Agreement prior to the Event shall be utilized in connection with the Existing Agent Bank Agreement after the Event. If the 3 rd Party’s existing agent bank agreement prior

5


to the Event was with MBNA, then such agreement shall inure to the Surviving Entity, and continue in full force and effect with respect to the Surviving Entity and the Credit Card Services accounts generated pursuant thereto, through the end of its current term, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties.

3.           RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF MBNA

(a)          MBNA shall design, develop and administer the Program.  MBNA shall market the Program and shall service and administer the Credit Card Accounts in accordance with the same high standards and the degree of service, skill, attention and care that MBNA exercises with respect to its other similar financial institution credit card account portfolios.

(b)          Except as provided in Section 4, MBNA shall design all advertising, solicitation and promotional materials with regard to the Program.  MBNA reserves the right of prior written approval of all advertising and solicitation materials concerning or related to the Program, which may be developed by or on behalf of ABC.

(c)          MBNA shall bear all costs of producing and mailing materials for the Program.

(d)          MBNA shall make all credit decisions and shall bear all credit risks with respect to each Cardholder’s account(s) independently of ABC.

(e)          MBNA shall use the Mailing Lists provided pursuant to this Agreement consistent with this Agreement and shall not permit those entities handling these Mailing Lists to use them for any other purpose.  MBNA shall have the sole right to designate individuals or Businesses on these Mailing Lists to whom promotional material will not be sent.  These Mailing Lists are and shall remain the sole property of ABC and shall, at ABC’s request following the termination of this Agreement, be promptly returned to ABC or destroyed to ABC’s reasonable satisfaction, in either case at MBNA’s expense.  However, MBNA may maintain separately all information which it obtains as a result of an account relationship or an application for an account relationship.  This information becomes a part of MBNA’s own files and shall not be subject to this Agreement; provided however that MBNA will not use this separate information in a manner that would imply an endorsement by ABC.

(f)          MBNA shall not solicit ABC Customers for financial services not related to the Program during the term of this Agreement, provided that MBNA may solicit any ABC Customer or Cardholder whose name is obtained through any source other than ABC and who is eligible for any other program offered by MBNA but only in connection with that other program.

(g)          The parties agree to meet each year during the term of the Agreement to jointly develop the yearly marketing plan at which time the frequency and timing of the mail and telemarketing campaigns and BSP programs will be jointly determined.

(h)          MBNA and ABC shall comply with the requirements of Subtitle A of Title V of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (“GLBA”) and the applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.  MBNA and ABC consider their relationship under the Agreement to be a joint marketing relationship as defined in Section 216.13 of Regulation P.  MBNA and ABC shall describe the existence of the joint marketing agreement, as required by Section 216.6(a)(5) of Regulation P,

6


in their initial, annual, and, if applicable, revised privacy notices. Consistent with Section 216.13 of Regulation P, MBNA shall not disclose or use the Nonpublic Personal Information provided by ABC other than to carry out the purposes of designing, developing and administering the Program or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Sections 216.11, 216.14, and 216.15 of Regulation P. MBNA shall follow the safeguards established pursuant to Section 501(b) of GLBA.

(i)          Except as otherwise provided in Section 3(h), MBNA agrees that it will comply in all material respects with federal law and the laws of the State of Delaware, including, but not limited to, the Truth in Lending Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act with regard to the Program.   The parties agree that MBNA’s failure to comply with this Section 3(i) is not a material breach under this Agreement unless such failure to comply materially effects the Program.

(j)          Currently, MBNA uses its Customer Satisfaction Test to help it determine its success in servicing its customers.  Each calendar year, at the request of ABC,  MBNA shall provide ABC with a report showing MBNA’s success in serving its customers based upon the then current standards.  In the event that there is a material departure from the designated standards and MBNA’s actual performance in any calendar year, MBNA shall meet with ABC and explain the reasons for the departure and how MBNA plans to achieve the designated standards.  In the event that there continues to be a material departure from the designated standards in the next two calendar quarters following the meeting, the parties shall escalate the discussion above the operating level of each party to senior managers.  These senior managers shall resolve any concerns ABC has concerning the customer service MBNA is providing. 

4.           BRANCH SOLICITATION PROGRAM:

(a)         MBNA shall design all advertising, solicitation and promotional material with regard to the Program, except with respect to those materials designed by ABC pursuant to any BSP.  In that regard, ABC shall give MBNA sixty (60) days prior notice of its desire to engage in marketing efforts regarding the Program itself, specifying that accounts generated from such efforts will entitle ABC to the Royalty specified in Schedule B, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b)          All marketing materials generated as a result of such BSP programs shall be coded by ABC for tracking purposes.  Marketing materials or telemarketing inquiries from ABC Customers which, in either case, do not contain or reference such coding shall not be considered eligible for any of the BSP Royalty as set forth in Schedule B.

(c)          In addition to all other rights it may have under this Agreement, MBNA shall have the right of prior approval of all advertising and solicitation materials distributed by ABC pursuant to any BSP.  MBNA shall have approval and control of the scope, timing, content and continuation of any BSP.

(d)         Other than the production and delivery of take-one applications to ABC, all costs incurred by MBNA in producing and mailing materials created pursuant to any BSP or of supporting the marketing efforts of ABC pursuant to any BSP shall be deducted from any or all Royalty payments due ABC under this Agreement.

7


(e)         ABC shall comply with MBNA’s instructions and all applicable laws, including, without limitation, the Truth in Lending Act and the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, with regard to any BSP.

5.           REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

(a)         ABC and MBNA each represents and warrants to the other that as of the Effective Date and throughout the term of this Agreement:

             (i)          It is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing.

            (ii)          It has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

            (iii)          This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party, enforceable against such party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by insolvency, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

            (iv)          No consent, approval or authorization from any third party is required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, except such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

            (v)           The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party will not constitute a violation of any law, rule, regulation, court order or ruling applicable to such party.

(b)        ABC represents and warrants to MBNA as of the date hereof and throughout the term of this Agreement that it has the right and power to license the Trademarks to MBNA for use as contemplated by this Agreement and to provide the Mailing List(s) to MBNA for the promotion of the Program.

6.           ROYALTIES

(a)         During the term of this Agreement, MBNA shall pay Royalties to ABC.  Royalties will not be paid without a completed Schedule C (W-9 Form and EFT Form).  Except as otherwise provided in Schedule B, payment of Royalties then due shall be made approximately forty five (45)  days after the end of each calendar quarter.  All payments shall be in U.S. dollars.

(b)         On or before the forty five (45) day after the end of each calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement, MBNA will provide ABC with an itemized statement showing the number of Credit Card Accounts opened, the number of Credit Card Accounts renewed and the finance charge dollar volume (excluding those transactions that relate to refunds, returns and unauthorized transactions), made during the preceding calendar period.

(c)         Upon the written request of ABC,  but no more frequently than two (2) requests in any twelve (12) month period, MBNA shall provide ABC with system reports generated by MBNA containing all the information which both (i) formed the basis of MBNA’s calculation of the

8


Royalties due ABC since the last request was made or, if no previous request was made hereunder, for the last four (4) Royalty calculations performed by MBNA, and (ii) may be disclosed by MBNA without violating any legal rights of any third party or obligation of MBNA.  Such reports shall be certified by an officer of MBNA as to their accuracy; provided, however, that the reports shall be certified as to their accuracy by the nationally recognized independent certified public accountants then being utilized by MBNA, at ABC’s expense, if ABC so requests such accountants’ certification in its written request(s) for the generation of such reports hereunder.

7.           CROSS INDEMNIFICATION

ABC and MBNA each will indemnify and hold harmless the other party, its directors, officers, agents, employees, affiliates, insurers, successors and assigns (the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liability, causes of action, claims, and the reasonable and actual costs incurred in connection therewith (“Losses”), resulting from the material breach of this Agreement by ABC or MBNA, respectively as the case may be, or its directors, officers or employees.  ABC will indemnify and hold harmless MBNA and its Indemnitees from and against any and all Losses arising from the Trademark license granted herein or from MBNA’s use of the Trademarks in reliance thereon, or from the use of the Mailing List(s) by MBNA provided such use is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Each party shall promptly notify the other party in the manner provided herein upon learning of any claims or complaints that may reasonably result in the indemnification by the other party.  All indemnities contained in this Section 7 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of three years.

8.           PROGRAM ADJUSTMENTS

A summary of the current features of the Program are set forth in Schedule A.  MBNA reserves the right to make periodic adjustments to the Program and its terms and features. 

9.           CONFIDENTIALITY

(a)         The terms of this Agreement, any proposal, financial information and proprietary information provided by or on behalf of one party to the other party prior to, contemporaneously with, or subsequent to, the execution of this Agreement (the “Information”) are confidential as of the date of disclosure.  Such Information will not be disclosed by such other party to any other person or entity, except as permitted under this Agreement or as mutually agreed in writing.  MBNA and ABC shall be permitted to disclose such Information (i) to their accountants, legal, financial and marketing advisors, and employees as necessary for the performance of their respective duties, provided that said persons agree to treat the Information as confidential in the above described manner and (ii) as required by law or by any governmental regulatory authority.

(b)          In addition to the foregoing, MBNA shall, and shall use its commercially reasonable best efforts to cause its authorized agents and representatives to, hold in strict confidence, and except in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby or in the fulfillment of MBNA’s obligations under this Agreement, not disclose to any person or entity without the prior written consent of ABC, any Nonpublic Personal Information of the ABC Customers that has been or will be provided by ABC to MBNA on any Mailing List  (collectively, “ABC Customer Proprietary Information”).  The parties agree that such ABC Customer Proprietary Information

9


may be disclosed by MBNA (i) where necessary to any regulatory authorities or governmental agencies, (ii) if required by court order or decree, or (iii) if ABC is advised in writing by counsel of MBNA that MBNA is legally required to make such disclosure.  If such ABC Customer Proprietary Information is to be disclosed pursuant to clause (i), (ii) or (iii) hereinabove, MBNA shall (x) give as much notice to ABC as is practicable prior to making such disclosure, (y) cooperate with ABC and its counsel to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance (at ABC’s expense) to prevent or limit the disclosure of the ABC Customer Proprietary Information and (z) disclose only that portion of the ABC Customer Proprietary Information as is necessary to comply with applicable law.  The term ABC Customer Proprietary Information shall not include information which MBNA obtains as a result of an account relationship or an application for an account relationship as provided for in Section 3(e) of this Agreement.

(c)          MBNA acknowledges and agrees that a breach by MBNA of the terms of this Section 9 or Section 10 hereof would cause irreparable harm and damage to ABC, the extent and amount of which are incapable of reasonably accurate valuation as of the date hereof.  Accordingly, nothing set forth herein shall bar ABC’s right to obtain specific performance of the provisions of this Section 9 or Section 10 hereof and to obtain injunctive relief against threatened conduct that will cause ABC loss or damages, under customary equity rules, including, without limitation, applicable rules for obtaining restraining orders and preliminary injunctions.  MBNA agrees that ABC may obtain injunctive relief, without bond, but upon due notice, in addition to all further and other relief as may be available at law or in equity. 

(e)          The rights of ABC under this Section 9 and Section 10 hereof are cumulative, and no exercise or enforcement by ABC of any right or remedy under this Section 9 and Section 10 hereof shall preclude the exercise or enforcement by ABC of any other right or remedy under this Agreement or to which ABC is entitled at law or in equity to enforce.

10.           INFORMATION SECURITY

All ABC Customer Proprietary Information shall be deemed to be confidential information, and MBNA shall not, without the prior written consent of ABC, use any ABC Customer Proprietary Information for any purpose other than as reasonably necessary to fulfill the terms of this Agreement.  MBNA shall not make ABC Customer Proprietary Information available to any employees, contractors or agents of MBNA except those with a need to know such information for purposes of MBNA’s performance hereunder.

11.           TERM OF AGREEMENT

The initial term of this Agreement and the obligation to pay Royalties will begin on the Effective Date and end on December 31, 2007. This Agreement and the obligation to pay Royalties will automatically extend at the end of the initial term or any renewal term for successive two-year periods, unless either party gives written notice of its intention not to renew at least ninety (90) days, but not more than one hundred eighty (180) days, prior to the last date of such term or renewal term, as applicable.

12.           STATE LAW GOVERNING AGREEMENT

10


This Agreement shall be governed by and subject to the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to its conflict of laws principles) and shall be deemed for all purposes to be made and fully performed in Delaware.

13.          TERMINATION

(a)          In the event of any material breach of this Agreement by MBNA or ABC, the other party may terminate this Agreement by giving notice, as provided herein, to the breaching party.  This notice shall (i) describe the material breach; and (ii) state the party’s intention to terminate this Agreement.  If the breaching party does not cure or substantially cure such breach within sixty (60) days after receipt of notice, as provided herein (the “Cure Period”), then this Agreement shall terminate sixty (60) days after the Cure Period. 

(b)        If either MBNA or ABC becomes insolvent in that its liabilities exceed its assets or it is unable to meet or it has ceased paying its obligations as they generally become due, or it is adjudicated insolvent, or takes advantage of or is subject to any insolvency proceeding, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors or is subject to receivership, conservatorship or liquidation or becomes subject to the supervisory powers vested in any governing person or body (other than those supervisory powers exercised by such governing person or body with respect to financially sound institutions), then the other party may immediately terminate this Agreement upon notice to the other party or its representative.

(c)         Upon termination of this Agreement, MBNA shall, in a manner consistent with Section 13(d) of this Agreement, cease to use the Trademarks.  MBNA agrees that upon such termination it will not claim any right, title, or interest in or to the Trademarks or to the Mailing Lists provided pursuant to this Agreement.  However, MBNA may conclude all solicitation that is required by law without the use of the Trademarks.

(d)          MBNA shall have the right to prior review and approval of any notice in connection with, relating or referring to the termination of this Agreement to be communicated by ABC to the ABC Customers.  Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  Upon termination of this Agreement, ABC shall not attempt to cause the removal of ABC’s identification or Trademarks from any person’s credit devices, checks or records of any Cardholder existing as of the effective date of termination of this Agreement.

(e)          If ABC is subject to conservatorship or receivership under the authority of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Resolution Trust Corporation, or a state or federal regulatory or supervisory agency, then MBNA, at its sole discretion, may offer to continue the Agreement with the resulting or succeeding financial institution on the same terms and conditions, provided however, that said financial institution shall be responsible for the cost to MBNA to reissue credit cards bearing the name of said institution at a rate of Two Dollars and Fifty Cents ($2.50) per card to be deducted by MBNA from the future compensation due to the said resulting or successor institution.

(f)          For a one (1) year period following the termination of this Agreement for any reason other than a breach of this Agreement by MBNA, ABC agrees that neither ABC nor any ABC Affiliate shall, by itself or in conjunction with others, directly or indirectly, specifically target any offer of a credit card or charge card to persons who were Cardholders.  Notwithstanding the

11


foregoing, ABC may, after termination of this Agreement, offer persons who were Cardholders the opportunity to participate in another credit card or charge card program endorsed by ABC provided the opportunity is not only made available to such persons, but rather is offered as a part of a general solicitation to all ABC Customers and provided further no such persons are directly or indirectly identified as a customer of MBNA, or offered any terms or incentives different from that offered to all ABC Customers.

14.          MISCELLANEOUS

(a)          This Agreement cannot be amended except by written agreement signed by the authorized agents of both parties hereto.

(b)          The obligations in Sections 6 (for purposes of paying Royalties that accrued up through the date of termination of this Agreement), 7 (as limited by Section 7), 9, 13(c), 13(d), 13(e) and 13(f) hereof shall survive any termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

(c)          The failure of any party to exercise any rights under this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such right or any other rights.

(d)         The section captions are inserted only for convenience and are in no way to be construed as part of this Agreement.

(e)          If any part of this Agreement shall for any reason be found or held invalid or unenforceable by any court or governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the remainder of this Agreement which shall survive and be construed as if such invalid or unenforceable part had not been contained herein.

(f)          All notices relating to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed received (i) upon receipt by hand delivery, confirmed facsimile or overnight courier, or (ii) three (3) business days after mailing by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested.  All notices shall be addressed as follows:

(1)

If to ABC:

 

 

 

ABC Bancorp

 

 

24 Second Avenue, SE

 

 

Moultrie, GA 31768

 

 

 

ATTENTION:

Mike McDonald

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

Fax #:     (229) 873-4456

 

 

(2)

If to MBNA:

 

 

 

MBNA AMERICA BANK, N. A.

 

 

Rodney Square

 

 

Wilmington, Delaware 19884-0211

 

 

 

 

 

ATTENTION:

William P. Morrison, Sr.

 

Senior Executive Vice President

 

 

Fax #:(302) 432-0805

 

 

 

12


Any party may change the address to which communications are to be sent by giving notice, as provided herein, of such change of address.

(g)          This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and supersedes all prior promises and agreements, written or oral, with respect to the matters covered herein.  Without the prior written consent of MBNA, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, ABC may not assign any of its rights or obligations under or arising from this Agreement.  MBNA may not assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any other person without the prior consent of ABC, which shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided however, that MBNA may assign or transfer, without consent, its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement:

 

(i)

to any individual, corporation or other entity (other than an affiliate of MBNA) pursuant to a merger, consolidation, or a sale of all or substantially all the assets of MBNA; or

 

 

 

 

(ii)

to any affiliate of MBNA.

(h)          MBNA may utilize the services of any third party in fulfilling its obligations under this Agreement.  Certain Credit Card Services or services under this Agreement may be offered through MBNA’s affiliates.  For example, business credit cards are currently issued and administered by MBNA (Delaware), N.A., and certain marketing services are currently provided by MBNA Marketing Systems, Inc.

(i)          MBNA and ABC are not agents, representatives or employees of each other and neither party shall have the power to obligate or bind the other in any manner except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement.

(j)          Nothing expressed or implied in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give any person other than ABC and MBNA, their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

(k)          Neither party shall be in breach hereunder by reason of its delay in the performance of or failure to perform any of its obligations herein if such delay or failure is caused by acts of God or the public enemy, riots, incendiaries, interference by military authorities or any other similar event beyond its reasonable control or without its fault or negligence.

(l)          This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(m)          Except as otherwise provided herein, each party will be responsible for, and will pay or reimburse the other for, all expenses, including, without limitation, any sales, use, excise, value-

13


added or similar taxes (but not including taxes on net income or franchise taxes), arising out of its performance of this Agreement.

14


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties, by its representative, has executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 
ABC B ANCORP

 

 

MBNA A MERICA B ANK , N.A.

 
 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

By:

/s/ W ILLIAM P. M ORRISON , S R .

 

 

 


Name:

Kenneth J. Hunnicutt

 

Name:

William P. Morrison, Sr.

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

Title:

Senior Executive Vice President

 
 

 

 

 

Date:
December 20, 2002

 

Date:

December 20, 2002

15


SCHEDULE A

TERMS AND FEATURES

Subject to (i) MBNA’s right to vary the Program and its terms and features, and (ii) theapplicable agreement entered into between MBNA and each applicable Cardholder:

A.

CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS (OTHER THAN ACQUIRED ACCOUNTS AND REWARD CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS)

 

 

 

1.

There is NO annual fee.

 

 

 

 

2.

The current annual percentage rate (“APR”) will be a fixed rate of 12.99%. The APR for ABC employee accounts will be at least 100 basis points less than the APR for current Program take one applications.  The current APR for ABC employee accounts will be 10.99%.

 

 

 

 

3.

Cardholders may be offered opportunities to purchase a variety of communication services and to select credit insurance as a benefit under the Program.

 

 

 

B.

CONSUMER REWARD CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

1.

There is NO annual fee.

 

 

 

 

2.

The current APR is 13.99.

 

 

 

 

3.

Cardholders may be offered opportunities to purchase a variety of communication services and to select credit insurance as a benefit under the Program.

 

 

 

C.

BUSINESS CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS (OTHER THAN ACQUIRED BUSINESS ACCOUNTS)

 

 

MBNA reserves the right to change the product name(s) ( e.g., Platinum Plus for Business), in its sole discretion, from time to time.

 

 

1.

There is no annual fee for each business card issued to an individual or business entity pursuant to the BusinessCard Credit Card Account program.  MBNA reserves the right to make special pricing offers for BusinessCard Credit Card Accounts to select ABC Customers at its own discretion.

 

 

 

 

2.

The current APR for BusinessCard Credit Card Accounts is a fixed rate of 12.99%

16


SCHEDULE B

ROYALTY ARRANGEMENT

During the term of this Agreement, MBNA will pay ABC a Royalty calculated as follows, for those accounts with active charging privileges.  MBNA may create a special class of accounts for ABC employees under the Program, and will not pay compensation for such designated accounts.  Subject to the terms of this Agreement, all Royalty payments due hereunder are subject to adjustment by MBNA for any prior underpayment or overpayment of Royalties by MBNA:

A.

CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS  (OTHER THAN ACQUIRED ACCOUNTS & REWARD CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS)

 

 

 

1.

$10.00 (ten dollars) for each new Credit Card Account opened, which remains open for at least ninety (90) consecutive days.

 

 

 

 

2.

5.00% (five percent) of the finance charges assessed by the application of the relevant periodic rate(s) to the respective average daily balance(s) of certain Credit Card Accounts (the “Finance Charges”).  This payment shall be calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter, based upon average daily balances measured as of the end of each of the preceding three months.  Each such monthly measurement shall include only Finance Charges assessed during such month, and shall exclude Finance Charges assessed on Credit Card Accounts which, as of the day of measurement, are thirty-five (35) or more days delinquent or are 10% or more over the assigned credit line for such Credit Card Account.

 

B.

CONSUMER REWARD CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS (OTHER THAN ACQUIRED ACCOUNTS)

 

 

 

1.

$10.00 (ten dollar) for each consumer Reward Credit Card Account opened, which remains open for at least ninety (90) consecutive days. This Royalty will not be paid for any Credit Card Account which, after opening, converts to a Reward Credit Card Account.

 

 

 

 

2.

2.50% (two & one half percent) of the finance charges assessed by the application of the relevant periodic rate(s) to the respective average daily balance(s) of certain Plus Rewards Credit Card Accounts (the “Finance Charges”).  This payment shall be calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter, based upon average daily balances measured as of the end of each of the preceding three months.  Each such monthly measurement shall include only Finance Charges assessed during such month, and shall exclude Finance Charges assessed on Credit Card Accounts which, as of the day of measurement, are thirty-five (35) or more days delinquent or are 10% or more over the assigned credit line for such Credit Card Account.

17


C.

CONSUMER BSP ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

1.

$25.00 (twenty five dollars) for each consumer BSP Account opened, which remains open for at least ninety (90) consecutive days and which is utilized by the Cardholder within the first ninety (90) consecutive days of the BSP Account’s opening for at least one purchase or cash advance which is not subsequently rescinded, the subject of a charge back request, or otherwise disputed.  Such BSP Accounts will not qualify for any other opening-of-an-account Royalty.

 

 

 

 

2.

$25.00 (twenty five dollars) for each consumer Reward BSP Account opened, which remains pen for at least ninety (90) consecutive days and which is utilized by the Customer within the first ninety (90) consecutive days of the Reward BSP Account’s opening for at least one purchase or cash advance which is not subsequently rescinded, the subject of a charge back request, or otherwise disputed.  Such Reward BSP Accounts will not qualify for any other opening-of-an-account Royalty.

 

D.

BUSINESS CREDIT CARD ACCOUNTS (OTHER THAN ACQUIRED BUSINESS ACCOUNTS)

 

 

BusinessCard Credit Card Account compensation provisions shall not affect any other compensation provisions contained in the Agreement, and the compensation provisions referencing any other form of Credit Card Accounts shall not apply to BusinessCard Credit Card Accounts.

 

 

 

 

0.20% (two tenths of one percent) of the retail purchase transaction dollar volume generated by Customers using a BusinessCard Credit Card Account with active charging privileges, excluding those transactions that (i) relate to refunds, returns and/or unauthorized transactions, and/or (ii) are cash equivalent transactions ( e.g., the purchase of wire transfers, money orders, bets, lottery ticket, or casino gaming chips).

 

 

 

18

Exhibit 21.1

REGISTRANT’S SUBSIDIARIES

Following is a list of the Registrant’s subsidiaries and the state of incorporation or other jurisdiction.

Name of Subsidiary

 

State of Incorporation or
Other Jurisdiction


 


ABC Bancorp Capital Trust I

 

State of Delaware

American Banking Company

 

State of Georgia

Moultrie Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Moultrie Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Heritage Community Bank

 

State of Georgia

Quitman Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Quitman Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Bank of Thomas County

 

State of Georgia

Thomas Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Thomas Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Citizens Security Bank

 

State of Georgia

Citizens Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Citizens Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Cairo Banking Company

 

State of Georgia

Cairo Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Cairo Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Southland Bank

 

State of Alabama

Southland Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Alabama

Central Bank & Trust

 

State of Georgia

Cordele Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Cordele Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

First National Bank of South Georgia

 

The Comptroller of the Currency

First National Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

First National Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Merchants & Farmers Bank

 

State of Georgia

M&F Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

M&F Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Tri-County Bank

 

State of Florida

Tri-County Holding Company, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

Tri-County Real Estate Holdings, Inc.

 

State of Delaware

First Bank of Brunswick

 

State of Georgia

Each subsidiary conducts business under the name listed above.

Exhibit 99.1

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

I, Kenneth J. Hunnicutt, Chief Executive Officer of ABC Bancorp (the “Company”) do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2002 (the “Periodic Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

2.

The information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

 

Dated

March 18, 2003

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ K ENNETH J. H UNNICUTT

 

 


 

 

 

KENNETH J. HUNNICUTT, Chief Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 99.2

SECTION 906 CERTIFICATION

I, W. Edwin Lane, Jr., Chief Executive Officer of ABC Bancorp (the “Company”) do hereby certify, in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

1.

The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2002 (the “Periodic Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

 

2.

The information contained in the Periodic Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated:
March 18, 2003

 

 

 
 

 

 

 
 

/s/ W. E DWIN L ANE , J R .

 
 

 
 

 

W. EDWIN LANE, JR., Chief Financial Officer